a53b9958fa734f73aeffb9ddfe2fbad1ca65f90c
galt
  Mon Jan 30 16:18:41 2017 -0800
Check-in of CSP2 Content-Security-Policy work. All C-language CGIs should now support CSP2 in browser to stop major forms of XSS javascript injection. Javascript on pages is gathered together, and then emitted in a single script block at the end with a nonce that tells the browser, this is js that we generated instead of being injected by a hacker. Both inline script from script blocks and inline js event handlers had to be pulled out and separated. You will not see js sprinkled through-out the page now. Older browsers that support CSP1 or that do not understand CSP at all will still work, just without protection. External js libraries loaded at runtime need to be added to the CSP policy header in src/lib/htmshell.c.

diff --git src/hg/lib/hui.c src/hg/lib/hui.c
index 77ff269..2b37af1 100644
--- src/hg/lib/hui.c
+++ src/hg/lib/hui.c
@@ -1,8669 +1,8742 @@
 /* hui - human genome user interface common controls. */
 
 /* Copyright (C) 2014 The Regents of the University of California 
 * See README in this or parent directory for licensing information. */
 
 #include "common.h"
 #include "hash.h"
 #include "cheapcgi.h"
 #include "htmshell.h"
 #include "jksql.h"
 #include "jsHelper.h"
 #include "sqlNum.h"
 #include "cart.h"
 #include "hdb.h"
 #include "hui.h"
 #include "hCommon.h"
 #include "hgConfig.h"
 #include "chainCart.h"
 #include "chainDb.h"
 #include "netCart.h"
 #include "obscure.h"
 #include "wiggle.h"
 #include "phyloTree.h"
 #include "hgMaf.h"
 #include "udc.h"
 #include "customTrack.h"
 #include "encode/encodePeak.h"
 #include "mdb.h"
 #include "web.h"
 #include "hPrint.h"
 #include "fileUi.h"
 #include "bigBed.h"
 #include "bigWig.h"
 #include "regexHelper.h"
 #include "snakeUi.h"
 #include "vcfUi.h"
 #include "vcf.h"
 #include "errCatch.h"
 #include "samAlignment.h"
 #include "makeItemsItem.h"
 #include "bedDetail.h"
 #include "pgSnp.h"
 #include "memgfx.h"
 #include "trackHub.h"
 #include "gtexUi.h"
 #include "genbank.h"
 #include "htmlPage.h"
 #include "longRange.h"
 #include "tagRepo.h"
 
 #define SMALLBUF 256
 #define MAX_SUBGROUP 9
 #define ADD_BUTTON_LABEL        "add"
 #define CLEAR_BUTTON_LABEL      "clear"
 #define JBUFSIZE 2048
 
-#define PM_BUTTON  "<IMG height=18 width=18 onclick=\"setCheckBoxesThatContain(" \
-                   "'%s',%s,true,'%s','','%s');\" id=\"btn_%s\" src=\"../images/%s\" alt=\"%s\">\n"
-#define DEF_BUTTON "<IMG onclick=\"setCheckBoxesThatContain('%s',true,false,'%s','','%s'); " \
-                   "setCheckBoxesThatContain('%s',false,false,'%s','_defOff','%s');\" " \
-                   "id=\"btn_%s\" src=\"../images/%s\" alt=\"%s\">\n"
+
+#define DEF_BUTTON "<IMG id=\"btn_%s\" src=\"../images/%s\" alt=\"%s\">\n"
+#define DEF_BUTTON_JS "setCheckBoxesThatContain('%s',true,false,'%s','','%s');" \
+	       "setCheckBoxesThatContain('%s',false,false,'%s','_defOff','%s');" 
 #define DEFAULT_BUTTON(nameOrId,anc,beg,contains) \
-        printf(DEF_BUTTON,(nameOrId),(beg),(contains),(nameOrId),(beg),(contains),(anc), \
-              "defaults_sm.png","default")
+    printf(DEF_BUTTON,(anc),"defaults_sm.png","default"); \
+    safef(id, sizeof id, "btn_%s", (anc)); \
+    safef(javascript, sizeof javascript, DEF_BUTTON_JS,(nameOrId),(beg),(contains),(nameOrId),(beg),(contains)); \
+    jsOnEventById("click", id, javascript);
+
+#define PM_BUTTON  "<IMG height=18 width=18 id=\"btn_%s\" src=\"../images/%s\" alt=\"%s\">\n"
+#define PM_BUTTON_JS  "setCheckBoxesThatContain('%s',%s,true,'%s','','%s');"
 #define PLUS_BUTTON(nameOrId,anc,beg,contains) \
-        printf(PM_BUTTON, (nameOrId),"true", (beg),(contains),(anc),"add_sm.gif",   "+")
+    printf(PM_BUTTON, (anc), "add_sm.gif",   "+"); \
+    safef(id, sizeof id, "btn_%s", (anc)); \
+    safef(javascript, sizeof javascript, PM_BUTTON_JS, (nameOrId),"true", (beg),(contains)); \
+    jsOnEventById("click", id, javascript);
 #define MINUS_BUTTON(nameOrId,anc,beg,contains) \
-        printf(PM_BUTTON, (nameOrId),"false",(beg),(contains),(anc),"remove_sm.gif","-")
+    printf(PM_BUTTON, (anc), "remove_sm.gif", "-"); \
+    safef(id, sizeof id, "btn_%s", (anc)); \
+    safef(javascript, sizeof javascript, PM_BUTTON_JS, (nameOrId),"false", (beg),(contains)); \
+    jsOnEventById("click", id, javascript);
 
 boolean isEncode2(char *database)
 // Return true for ENCODE2 assemblies
 {
 return (sameString(database, "hg18") || sameString(database, "hg19") || sameString(database, "mm9"));
 }
 
 static char *htmlStringForDownloadsLink(char *database, struct trackDb *tdb,
 				    char *name,boolean nameIsFile)
 // Returns an HTML string for a downloads link
 {
 // If has fileSortOrder, then link to new hgFileUi
 if (!nameIsFile && trackDbSetting(tdb, FILE_SORT_ORDER) != NULL)
 {
 char * link = needMem(PATH_LEN); // 512 should be enough
 safef(link,PATH_LEN,"<A HREF='%s?db=%s&g=%s' title='Downloadable Files...' TARGET='ucscDownloads'>%s</A>",
       hgFileUiName(),database, /*cartSessionVarName(),cartSessionId(cart),*/ tdb->track, name);
       // Note the hgsid would be needed if downloads page ever saved fileSortOrder to cart.
 return link;
 }
 else if (trackDbSetting(tdb, "wgEncode") != NULL && isEncode2(database))  // Downloads directory if this is ENCODE
 {
 const char *compositeDir = metadataFindValue(tdb, MDB_OBJ_TYPE_COMPOSITE);
 if (compositeDir == NULL && tdbIsComposite(tdb))
     compositeDir = tdb->track;
 if (compositeDir != NULL)
     {
     struct dyString *dyLink =
 	    dyStringCreate("<A HREF=\"http://%s/goldenPath/%s/%s/%s/%s\" title='Download %s' "
 			   "class='file' TARGET=ucscDownloads>%s</A>",
 			   hDownloadsServer(), database, ENCODE_DCC_DOWNLOADS, compositeDir,
 			   (nameIsFile?name:""), nameIsFile?"file":"files",name);
     return dyStringCannibalize(&dyLink);
     }
 }
 return NULL;
 }
 
 static boolean makeNamedDownloadsLink(char *database, struct trackDb *tdb,char *name)
 // Make a downloads link (if appropriate and then returns TRUE)
 {
 char *htmlString = htmlStringForDownloadsLink(database,trackDbTopLevelSelfOrParent(tdb),name,FALSE);
 if (htmlString == NULL)
 return FALSE;
 
 printf("%s", htmlString);
 freeMem(htmlString);
 return TRUE;
 }
 
 boolean makeDownloadsLink(char *database, struct trackDb *tdb)
 // Make a downloads link (if appropriate and then returns TRUE)
 {
 return makeNamedDownloadsLink(database, tdb,"Downloads");
 }
 
 void makeTopLink(struct trackDb *tdb)
 // Link to top of UI page
 {
 if (trackDbSetting(tdb, "dimensions"))
 {
 char *upArrow = "&uArr;";
 enum browserType browser = cgiBrowser();
 if (browser == btIE || browser == btFF)
     upArrow = "&uarr;";
 // Note: the nested spans are so that javascript can determine position
 // and selectively display the link when appropriate
 printf("<span class='navUp' style='float:right; display:none'>&nbsp;&nbsp;"
        "<A HREF='#' TITLE='Return to top of page'>Top%s</A></span>",upArrow);
 }
 }
 
 boolean makeSchemaLink(char *db,struct trackDb *tdb,char *label)
 // Make a table schema link (if appropriate and then returns TRUE)
 {
 #define SCHEMA_LINKED "<A HREF=\"../cgi-bin/hgTables?db=%s&hgta_group=%s&hgta_track=%s" \
 		  "&hgta_table=%s&hgta_doSchema=describe+table+schema\" " \
 		  "TARGET=ucscSchema%s>%s</A>"
 if (!trackHubDatabase(db) && hTableOrSplitExists(db, tdb->table))
 {
 char *tbOff = trackDbSetting(tdb, "tableBrowser");
 if (isNotEmpty(tbOff) && sameString(nextWord(&tbOff), "off"))
     return FALSE;
 char *hint = " title='Open table schema in new window'";
 if (label == NULL)
     label = " View table schema";
 struct trackDb *topLevel = trackDbTopLevelSelfOrParent(tdb);
 printf(SCHEMA_LINKED, db, topLevel->grp, topLevel->track, tdb->table, hint, label);
 return TRUE;
 }
 return FALSE;
 }
 
 char *wgEncodeVocabLink(char *file,char *term,char *value,char *title, char *label,char *suffix)
 // returns allocated string of HTML link to controlled vocabulary term
 {
 #define VOCAB_LINK_WITH_FILE "<A HREF='hgEncodeVocab?ra=%s&%s=\"%s\"' title='%s details' " \
 			 "class='cv' TARGET=ucscVocab>%s</A>"
 #define VOCAB_LINK "<A HREF='hgEncodeVocab?%s=\"%s\"' title='%s details' class='cv' " \
 	       "TARGET=ucscVocab>%s</A>"
 struct dyString *dyLink = NULL;
 char *encTerm = cgiEncode(term);
 char *encValue = cgiEncode(value);
 if (file != NULL)
 {
 char *encFile = cgiEncode(file);
 dyLink = dyStringCreate(VOCAB_LINK_WITH_FILE,encFile,encTerm,encValue,title,label);
 freeMem(encFile);
 }
 else
 dyLink = dyStringCreate(VOCAB_LINK,encTerm,encValue,title,label);
 if (suffix != NULL)
 dyStringAppend(dyLink,suffix);  // Don't encode since this may contain HTML
 
 freeMem(encTerm);
 freeMem(encValue);
 return dyStringCannibalize(&dyLink);
 }
 
 char *tagStormAsHtmlTable(char *tagStormFile, struct trackDb *tdb,boolean showLongLabel,boolean showShortLabel)
 /* Return a string which is an HTML table of the tags for this track. */
 {
 char *metaTag = trackDbSetting(tdb, "meta");
 if (metaTag == NULL)
     return "";
 struct slPair *pairs = tagRepoPairs(tagStormFile, "meta", metaTag);
 
 if (pairs == NULL)
     return "";
 
 struct dyString *dyTable = dyStringCreate("<table style='display:inline-table;'>");
 
 if (showLongLabel)
 dyStringPrintf(dyTable,"<tr valign='bottom'><td colspan=2 nowrap>%s</td></tr>",tdb->longLabel);
 if (showShortLabel)
 dyStringPrintf(dyTable,"<tr valign='bottom'><td align='right' nowrap><i>shortLabel:</i></td>"
 		       "<td nowrap>%s</td></tr>",tdb->shortLabel);
 
 for(; pairs; pairs = pairs->next)
     {
     if (!sameString(pairs->name, "meta")  && !isEmpty((char *)pairs->val))
         dyStringPrintf(dyTable,"<tr valign='bottom'><td align='right' nowrap><i>%s:</i></td>"
                            "<td nowrap>%s</td></tr>",pairs->name, (char *)pairs->val);
     }
 dyStringAppend(dyTable,"</table>");
 return dyStringCannibalize(&dyTable);
 }
 
 char *metadataAsHtmlTable(char *db,struct trackDb *tdb,boolean showLongLabel,boolean showShortLabel)
 // If metadata from metaDb exists, return string of html with table definition
 {
 char *tagStormFile = trackDbSetting(tdb, "metaDb");
 
 if (tagStormFile)
 return tagStormAsHtmlTable(tagStormFile, tdb, showLongLabel, showShortLabel);
 
 const struct mdbObj *safeObj = metadataForTable(db,tdb,NULL);
 if (safeObj == NULL || safeObj->vars == NULL)
 return NULL;
 
 //struct dyString *dyTable = dyStringCreate("<table id='mdb_%s'>",tdb->table);
 struct dyString *dyTable = dyStringCreate("<table style='display:inline-table;'>");
 if (showLongLabel)
 dyStringPrintf(dyTable,"<tr valign='bottom'><td colspan=2 nowrap>%s</td></tr>",tdb->longLabel);
 if (showShortLabel)
 dyStringPrintf(dyTable,"<tr valign='bottom'><td align='right' nowrap><i>shortLabel:</i></td>"
 		       "<td nowrap>%s</td></tr>",tdb->shortLabel);
 
 // Get the hash of mdb and cv term types
 struct hash *cvTermTypes = (struct hash *)cvTermTypeHash();
 
 struct mdbObj *mdbObj = mdbObjClone(safeObj); // Important if we are going to remove vars!
 // Don't bother showing these
 mdbObjRemoveVars(mdbObj,MDB_OBJ_TYPE_COMPOSITE " " MDB_VAR_PROJECT " " MDB_OBJ_TYPE " "
 		    MDB_VAR_MD5SUM);
 mdbObjRemoveHiddenVars(mdbObj);
 mdbObjReorderByCv(mdbObj,FALSE);// Use cv defined order for visible vars
 struct mdbVar *mdbVar;
 for (mdbVar=mdbObj->vars;mdbVar!=NULL;mdbVar=mdbVar->next)
 {
 if ((sameString(mdbVar->var,MDB_VAR_FILENAME) || sameString(mdbVar->var,MDB_VAR_FILEINDEX) )
 && trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb,MDB_VAL_ENCODE_PROJECT) != NULL)
     {
     dyStringPrintf(dyTable,"<tr valign='top'><td align='right' nowrap><i>%s:</i></td>"
 			   "<td nowrap>",mdbVar->var);
 
     struct slName *fileSet = slNameListFromComma(mdbVar->val);
     while (fileSet != NULL)
 	{
 	struct slName *file = slPopHead(&fileSet);
 	dyStringAppend(dyTable,htmlStringForDownloadsLink(db, tdb, file->name, TRUE));
 	if (fileSet != NULL)
 	    dyStringAppend(dyTable,"<BR>");
 	slNameFree(&file);
 	}
     dyStringAppend(dyTable,"</td></tr>");
     }
 else
     {                                           // Don't bother with tableName
     if (cvTermTypes && differentString(mdbVar->var,MDB_VAR_TABLENAME))
 	{
 	struct hash *cvTerm = hashFindVal(cvTermTypes,mdbVar->var);
 	if (cvTerm != NULL) // even if cvTerm isn't used,
 	    {               // it proves that it exists and a link is desirable
 	    if (!cvTermIsHidden(mdbVar->var))
 		{
 		char *label = (char *)cvLabel(NULL,mdbVar->var);
 		char *linkOfType = wgEncodeVocabLink(NULL,CV_TYPE,mdbVar->var,label,
 						       label,NULL);
 		if (cvTermIsCvDefined(mdbVar->var))
 		    {
 		    label = (char *)cvLabel(mdbVar->var,mdbVar->val);
 		    char *linkOfTerm = wgEncodeVocabLink(NULL,CV_TERM,mdbVar->val,label,
 							   label,NULL);
 		    dyStringPrintf(dyTable,"<tr valign='bottom'><td align='right' nowrap>"
 					   "<i>%s:</i></td><td nowrap>%s</td></tr>",
 					   linkOfType,linkOfTerm);
 		    freeMem(linkOfTerm);
 		    }
 		else
 		    dyStringPrintf(dyTable,"<tr valign='bottom'><td align='right' nowrap>"
 					   "<i>%s:</i></td><td nowrap>%s</td></tr>",
 					   linkOfType,mdbVar->val);
 		freeMem(linkOfType);
 		continue;
 		}
 	    }
 	}
     dyStringPrintf(dyTable,"<tr valign='bottom'><td align='right' nowrap><i>%s:</i></td>"
 			   "<td nowrap>%s</td></tr>",mdbVar->var,mdbVar->val);
     }
 }
 dyStringAppend(dyTable,"</table>");
 //mdbObjsFree(&mdbObj); // spill some memory
 return dyStringCannibalize(&dyTable);
 }
 
 boolean compositeMetadataToggle(char *db,struct trackDb *tdb,char *title,
     boolean embeddedInText,boolean showLongLabel)
 // If metadata from metaTbl exists, create a link that will allow toggling it's display
 {
 char *tagStormFile = trackDbSetting(tdb, "metaDb");
 if (tagStormFile == NULL)
     {
     const struct mdbObj *safeObj = metadataForTable(db,tdb,NULL);
     if (safeObj == NULL || safeObj->vars == NULL)
         return FALSE;
     }
 
-printf("%s<A HREF='#a_meta_%s' onclick='return metadataShowHide(\"%s\",%s,true);' "
+char id[256];
+safef(id, sizeof id, "div_%s_link", tdb->track);
+printf("%s<A id='%s' HREF='#a_meta_%s' "
    "title='Show metadata details...'>%s<img src='../images/downBlue.png'/></A>",
-       (embeddedInText?"&nbsp;":"<P>"),tdb->track,tdb->track, showLongLabel?"true":"false",
-       (title?title:""));
+   (embeddedInText?"&nbsp;":"<P>"),id,tdb->track, (title?title:""));
+char javascript[1024];
+safef(javascript, sizeof javascript, "return metadataShowHide(\"%s\",%s,true);", 
+    tdb->track, showLongLabel?"true":"false");
+jsOnEventById("click", id, javascript);
 printf("<DIV id='div_%s_meta' style='display:none;'>%s</div>",tdb->track, metadataAsHtmlTable(db,tdb,showLongLabel,FALSE));
 return TRUE;
 }
 
 void extraUiLinks(char *db,struct trackDb *tdb)
 // Show metadata, and downloads, schema links where appropriate
 {
 char *tagStormFile = trackDbSetting(tdb, "metaDb");
 boolean hasMetadata = (tagStormFile != NULL) || (!tdbIsComposite(tdb) && !trackHubDatabase(db)
                         && metadataForTable(db, tdb, NULL) != NULL);
 if (hasMetadata)
 printf("<b>Metadata:</b><br>%s\n", metadataAsHtmlTable(db, tdb, FALSE, FALSE));
 
 boolean schemaLink = (!tdbIsDownloadsOnly(tdb) && !trackHubDatabase(db)
 	      && isCustomTrack(tdb->table) == FALSE)
 	      && (hTableOrSplitExists(db, tdb->table));
 boolean downloadLink = (trackDbSetting(tdb, "wgEncode") != NULL && !tdbIsSuperTrack(tdb));
 int links = 0;
 if (schemaLink)
 links++;
 if (downloadLink)
 links++;
 
 if (links > 0)
 cgiDown(0.7);
 if (links > 1)
 printf("<table><tr><td nowrap>View table: ");
 
 if (schemaLink)
 {
 makeSchemaLink(db,tdb,(links > 1 ? "schema":"View table schema"));
 if (downloadLink)
     printf(", ");
 }
 if (downloadLink)
 {
 // special case exception (hg18:NHGRI BiPs are in 7 different dbs but only hg18 has downloads):
 char *targetDb = trackDbSetting(tdb, "compareGenomeLinks");
 if (targetDb != NULL)
     {
     targetDb = cloneFirstWordByDelimiter(targetDb,'=');
     if (!startsWith("hg",targetDb))
 	freez(&targetDb);
     }
 if (targetDb == NULL)
     targetDb = cloneString(db);
 
 makeNamedDownloadsLink(targetDb, tdb, (links > 1 ? "downloads":"Downloads"));
 freez(&targetDb);
 }
 
 if (links > 1)
 printf("</td></tr></table>");
 }
 
 
 char *hUserCookie()
 /* Return our cookie name. */
 {
 return cfgOptionDefault("central.cookie", "hguid");
 }
 
 char *hDownloadsServer()
 /* get the downloads server from hg.conf or the default */
 {
 return cfgOptionDefault("downloads.server", "hgdownload.cse.ucsc.edu");
 }
 
 void setUdcTimeout(struct cart *cart)
 /* set the udc cache timeout */
 {
 int timeout = cartUsualInt(cart, "udcTimeout", 300);
 if (udcCacheTimeout() < timeout)
 udcSetCacheTimeout(timeout);
 }
 
 void setUdcCacheDir()
 /* set the path to the udc cache dir */
 {
 if (cfgOptionBooleanDefault("udc.useLocalDiskCache", TRUE))
     {
     char *cacheDir = getenv("UDC_CACHEDIR");
     if (isEmpty(cacheDir))
         cacheDir = cfgOptionDefault("udc.cacheDir", udcDefaultDir());
     udcSetDefaultDir(cacheDir);
     }
 else
 udcDisableCache();
 }
 
 
 char *wrapWhiteFont(char *s)
 /* Write white font around s */
 {
 static char buf[256];
 safef(buf, sizeof(buf), "<span style='color:#FFFFFF;'>%s</span>", s);
 return buf;
 }
 
 char *hDocumentRoot()
 /* get the path to the DocumentRoot, or the default */
 {
 return cfgOptionDefault("browser.documentRoot", DOCUMENT_ROOT);
 }
 
 char *hHelpFile(char *fileRoot)
 /* Given a help file root name (e.g. "hgPcrResult" or "cutters"),
 * prepend the complete help directory path and add .html suffix.
 * Do not free the statically allocated result. */
 {
 static char helpName[PATH_LEN];
 /* This cfgOption comes from Todd Lowe's hgTrackUi.c addition (r1.230): */
 char *helpDir = cfgOption("help.html");
 if (helpDir != NULL)
 safef(helpName, sizeof(helpName), "%s/%s.html", helpDir, fileRoot);
 else
 safef(helpName, sizeof(helpName), "%s%s/%s.html", hDocumentRoot(),
       HELP_DIR, fileRoot);
 return helpName;
 }
 
 char *hFileContentsOrWarning(char *file)
 /* Return the contents of the html file, or a warning message.
 * The file path may begin with hDocumentRoot(); if it doesn't, it is
 * assumed to be relative and hDocumentRoot() will be prepended. */
 {
 if (isEmpty(file))
 return cloneString("<BR>Program Error: Empty file name for include file"
 		   "<BR>\n");
 char path[PATH_LEN];
 char *docRoot = hDocumentRoot();
 if (startsWith(docRoot, file))
 safecpy(path, sizeof path, file);
 else
 safef(path, sizeof path, "%s/%s", docRoot, file);
 if (! fileExists(path))
 {
 char message[1024];
 safef(message, sizeof(message), "<BR>Program Error: Missing file %s</BR>",
       path);
 return cloneString(message);
 }
 /* If the file is there but not readable, readInGulp will errAbort,
 * but I think that is serious enough that errAbort is OK. */
 char *result;
 readInGulp(path, &result, NULL);
 return result;
 }
 
 char *hCgiRoot()
 /* get the path to the CGI directory.
 * Returns NULL when not running as a CGI (unless specified by browser.cgiRoot) */
 {
 static char defaultDir[PATH_LEN];
 char *scriptFilename = getenv("SCRIPT_FILENAME");
 if (scriptFilename)
 {
 char dir[PATH_LEN], name[FILENAME_LEN], extension[FILEEXT_LEN];
 dir[0] = 0;
 splitPath(scriptFilename, dir, name, extension);
 safef(defaultDir, sizeof(defaultDir), "%s", dir);
 int len = strlen(defaultDir);
 // Get rid of trailing slash to be consistent with hDocumentRoot
 if (defaultDir[len-1] == '/')
     defaultDir[len-1] = 0;
 }
 else
 {
 defaultDir[0] = 0;
 }
 return cfgOptionDefault("browser.cgiRoot", defaultDir);
 }
 
 char *hTrackUiForTrack(char *trackName)
 /* Relative URL to extended track UI, delegated to a track-specific UI if available. */
 {
 if (trackName == NULL)
     return hgTrackUiName();
 if (gtexIsGeneTrack(trackName))
     return gtexGeneTrackUiName();
 return hgTrackUiName();
 }
 
 /******  Some stuff for tables of controls ******/
 
 struct controlGrid *startControlGrid(int columns, char *align)
 /* Start up a control grid. */
 {
 struct controlGrid *cg;
 AllocVar(cg);
 cg->columns = columns;
 cg->align = cloneString(align);
 cg->rowOpen = FALSE;
 return cg;
 }
 
 void controlGridEndRow(struct controlGrid *cg)
 /* Force end of row. */
 {
 printf("</tr>");
 cg->rowOpen = FALSE;
 cg->columnIx = 0;
 }
 
 void controlGridStartCell(struct controlGrid *cg)
 /* Start a new cell in control grid. */
 {
 if (cg->columnIx == cg->columns)
 controlGridEndRow(cg);
 if (!cg->rowOpen)
 {
 printf("<tr>");
 cg->rowOpen = TRUE;
 }
 if (cg->align)
 printf("<td align=%s>", cg->align);
 else
 printf("<td>");
 }
 
 void controlGridEndCell(struct controlGrid *cg)
 /* End cell in control grid. */
 {
 printf("</td>");
 ++cg->columnIx;
 }
 
 void endControlGrid(struct controlGrid **pCg)
 /* Finish up a control grid. */
 {
 struct controlGrid *cg = *pCg;
 if (cg != NULL)
 {
 int i;
 if (cg->columnIx != 0 && cg->columnIx < cg->columns)
     for( i = cg->columnIx; i <= cg->columns; i++)
 	printf("<td>&nbsp;</td>\n");
 if (cg->rowOpen)
     printf("</tr>\n");
 printf("</table>\n");
 freeMem(cg->align);
 freez(pCg);
 }
 }
 
 /******  Some stuff for hide/dense/full controls ******/
 
 static char *hTvStrings[] =
 /* User interface strings for track visibility controls. */
 {
 "hide",
 "dense",
 "full",
 "pack",
 "squish"
 };
 #define hTvStringShowSameAsFull "show"
 
 enum trackVisibility hTvFromStringNoAbort(char *s)
 // Given a string representation of track visibility, return as equivalent enum.
 {
 int vis = stringArrayIx(s, hTvStrings, ArraySize(hTvStrings));
 if (vis < 0)
 {
 if (sameString(hTvStringShowSameAsFull,s))
     return tvShow;  // Show is the same as full!
 vis = 0;  // don't generate bogus value on invalid input
 }
 return vis;
 }
 
 enum trackVisibility hTvFromString(char *s)
 // Given a string representation of track visibility, return as equivalent enum.
 {
 enum trackVisibility vis = hTvFromStringNoAbort(s);
 if ((int)vis < 0)
 errAbort("Unknown visibility %s", s);
 return vis;
 }
 
 char *hStringFromTv(enum trackVisibility vis)
 // Given enum representation convert to string.
 {
 return hTvStrings[vis];
 }
 
 void hTvDropDownClassWithJavascript(char *varName, enum trackVisibility vis, boolean canPack,
-                                    char *class,char * javascript)
+				char *class, struct slPair *events)
 // Make track visibility drop down for varName with style class
 {
 static char *noPack[] =
 {
 "hide",
 "dense",
 "full",
 };
 static char *pack[] =
 {
 "hide",
 "dense",
 "squish",
 "pack",
 "full",
 };
 static int packIx[] = {tvHide,tvDense,tvSquish,tvPack,tvFull};
 if (canPack)
 cgiMakeDropListClassWithStyleAndJavascript(varName, pack, ArraySize(pack),
 					   pack[packIx[vis]], class, TV_DROPDOWN_STYLE,
-                                               javascript);
+					   events);
 else
 cgiMakeDropListClassWithStyleAndJavascript(varName, noPack, ArraySize(noPack),
-                                               noPack[vis], class, TV_DROPDOWN_STYLE,javascript);
+					   noPack[vis], class, TV_DROPDOWN_STYLE, events);
 }
 
 void hTvDropDownClassVisOnlyAndExtra(char *varName, enum trackVisibility vis,
-                                     boolean canPack, char *class, char *visOnly,char *extra)
+				 boolean canPack, char *class, char *visOnly, struct slPair *events)
 // Make track visibility drop down for varName with style class, and potentially limited to visOnly
 {
 static char *denseOnly[] =
 {
 "hide",
 "dense",
 };
 static char *squishOnly[] =
 {
 "hide",
 "squish",
 };
 static char *packOnly[] =
 {
 "hide",
 "pack",
 };
 static char *fullOnly[] =
 {
 "hide",
 "full",
 };
 static char *noPack[] =
 {
 "hide",
 "dense",
 "full",
 };
 static char *pack[] =
 {
 "hide",
 "dense",
 "squish",
 "pack",
 "full",
 };
 static int packIx[] = {tvHide,tvDense,tvSquish,tvPack,tvFull};
 if (visOnly != NULL)
 {
 int visIx = (vis > 0) ? 1 : 0;
 if (sameWord(visOnly,"dense"))
     cgiMakeDropListClassWithStyleAndJavascript(varName, denseOnly, ArraySize(denseOnly),
-                                                   denseOnly[visIx],class,TV_DROPDOWN_STYLE,extra);
+					       denseOnly[visIx],class,TV_DROPDOWN_STYLE, events);
 else if (sameWord(visOnly,"squish"))
     cgiMakeDropListClassWithStyleAndJavascript(varName, squishOnly,
 					       ArraySize(squishOnly), squishOnly[visIx],
-                                                   class, TV_DROPDOWN_STYLE,extra);
+					       class, TV_DROPDOWN_STYLE, events);
 else if (sameWord(visOnly,"pack"))
     cgiMakeDropListClassWithStyleAndJavascript(varName, packOnly, ArraySize(packOnly),
-                                                   packOnly[visIx],class,TV_DROPDOWN_STYLE,extra);
+					       packOnly[visIx], class, TV_DROPDOWN_STYLE, events);
 else if (sameWord(visOnly,"full"))
     cgiMakeDropListClassWithStyleAndJavascript(varName, fullOnly, ArraySize(fullOnly),
-                                                   fullOnly[visIx],class,TV_DROPDOWN_STYLE,extra);
+					       fullOnly[visIx], class, TV_DROPDOWN_STYLE, events);
 else                        /* default when not recognized */
     cgiMakeDropListClassWithStyleAndJavascript(varName, denseOnly, ArraySize(denseOnly),
-                                                   denseOnly[visIx],class,TV_DROPDOWN_STYLE,extra);
+					       denseOnly[visIx], class, TV_DROPDOWN_STYLE, events);
 }
 else
 {
 if (canPack)
     cgiMakeDropListClassWithStyleAndJavascript(varName, pack, ArraySize(pack),
-                                                   pack[packIx[vis]],class,TV_DROPDOWN_STYLE,extra);
+					       pack[packIx[vis]], class, TV_DROPDOWN_STYLE, events);
 else
     cgiMakeDropListClassWithStyleAndJavascript(varName, noPack, ArraySize(noPack),
-                                                   noPack[vis], class, TV_DROPDOWN_STYLE,extra);
+					       noPack[vis], class, TV_DROPDOWN_STYLE, events);
 }
 }
 
-void hideShowDropDownWithClassAndExtra(char *varName, boolean show, char *class, char *extra)
+void hideShowDropDownWithClassAndExtra(char *varName, boolean show, char *class, struct slPair *events)
 // Make hide/show dropdown for varName
 {
 static char *hideShow[] =
 {
 "hide",
 "show"
 };
 cgiMakeDropListClassWithStyleAndJavascript(varName, hideShow, ArraySize(hideShow),
-                                           hideShow[show], class, TV_DROPDOWN_STYLE,extra);
+				       hideShow[show], class, TV_DROPDOWN_STYLE, events);
 }
 
 
 /****** Some stuff for stsMap related controls *******/
 
 static char *stsMapOptions[] = {
 "All Genetic",
 "Genethon",
 "Marshfield",
 "deCODE",
 "GeneMap 99",
 "Whitehead YAC",
 "Whitehead RH",
 "Stanford TNG",
 };
 
 enum stsMapOptEnum smoeStringToEnum(char *string)
 /* Convert from string to enum representation. */
 {
 int x = stringIx(string, stsMapOptions);
 if (x < 0)
 errAbort("Unknown option %s", string);
 return x;
 }
 
 char *smoeEnumToString(enum stsMapOptEnum x)
 /* Convert from enum to string representation. */
 {
 return stsMapOptions[x];
 }
 
 void smoeDropDown(char *var, char *curVal)
 /* Make drop down of options. */
 {
 cgiMakeDropList(var, stsMapOptions, ArraySize(stsMapOptions),
     curVal);
 }
 
 /****** Some stuff for stsMapMouseNew related controls *******/
 
 static char *stsMapMouseOptions[] = {
 "All Genetic",
 "WICGR Genetic Map",
 "MGD Genetic Map",
 "RH",
 };
 
 enum stsMapMouseOptEnum smmoeStringToEnum(char *string)
 /* Convert from string to enum representation. */
 {
 int x = stringIx(string, stsMapMouseOptions);
 if (x < 0)
 errAbort("Unknown option %s", string);
 return x;
 }
 
 char *smmoeEnumToString(enum stsMapMouseOptEnum x)
 /* Convert from enum to string representation. */
 {
 return stsMapMouseOptions[x];
 }
 
 void smmoeDropDown(char *var, char *curVal)
 /* Make drop down of options. */
 {
 cgiMakeDropList(var, stsMapMouseOptions, ArraySize(stsMapMouseOptions),
     curVal);
 }
 
 /****** Some stuff for stsMapRat related controls *******/
 
 static char *stsMapRatOptions[] = {
 "All Genetic",
 "FHHxACI",
 "SHRSPxBN",
 "RH",
 };
 
 enum stsMapRatOptEnum smroeStringToEnum(char *string)
 /* Convert from string to enum representation. */
 {
 int x = stringIx(string, stsMapRatOptions);
 if (x < 0)
 errAbort("Unknown option %s", string);
 return x;
 }
 
 char *smroeEnumToString(enum stsMapRatOptEnum x)
 /* Convert from enum to string representation. */
 {
 return stsMapRatOptions[x];
 }
 
 void smroeDropDown(char *var, char *curVal)
 /* Make drop down of options. */
 {
 cgiMakeDropList(var, stsMapRatOptions, ArraySize(stsMapRatOptions),
     curVal);
 }
 
 /****** Some stuff for fishClones related controls *******/
 
 static char *fishClonesOptions[] = {
 "Fred Hutchinson CRC",
 "National Cancer Institute",
 "Sanger Centre",
 "Roswell Park Cancer Institute",
 "Cedars-Sinai Medical Center",
 "Los Alamos National Lab",
 "UC San Francisco",
 };
 
 enum fishClonesOptEnum fcoeStringToEnum(char *string)
 /* Convert from string to enum representation. */
 {
 int x = stringIx(string, fishClonesOptions);
 if (x < 0)
 errAbort("Unknown option %s", string);
 return x;
 }
 
 char *fcoeEnumToString(enum fishClonesOptEnum x)
 /* Convert from enum to string representation. */
 {
 return fishClonesOptions[x];
 }
 
 void fcoeDropDown(char *var, char *curVal)
 /* Make drop down of options. */
 {
 cgiMakeDropList(var, fishClonesOptions, ArraySize(fishClonesOptions),
     curVal);
 }
 
 /****** Some stuff for recombRate related controls *******/
 
 static char *recombRateOptions[] = {
 "deCODE Sex Averaged Distances",
 "deCODE Female Distances",
 "deCODE Male Distances",
 "Marshfield Sex Averaged Distances",
 "Marshfield Female Distances",
 "Marshfield Male Distances",
 "Genethon Sex Averaged Distances",
 "Genethon Female Distances",
 "Genethon Male Distances",
 };
 
 enum recombRateOptEnum rroeStringToEnum(char *string)
 /* Convert from string to enum representation. */
 {
 int x = stringIx(string, recombRateOptions);
 if (x < 0)
 errAbort("Unknown option %s", string);
 return x;
 }
 
 char *rroeEnumToString(enum recombRateOptEnum x)
 /* Convert from enum to string representation. */
 {
 return recombRateOptions[x];
 }
 
 void rroeDropDown(char *var, char *curVal)
 /* Make drop down of options. */
 {
 cgiMakeDropList(var, recombRateOptions, ArraySize(recombRateOptions),
     curVal);
 }
 
 /****** Some stuff for recombRateRat related controls *******/
 
 static char *recombRateRatOptions[] = {
 "SHRSPxBN Sex Averaged Distances",
 "FHHxACI Sex Averaged Distances",
 };
 
 enum recombRateRatOptEnum rrroeStringToEnum(char *string)
 /* Convert from string to enum representation. */
 {
 int x = stringIx(string, recombRateRatOptions);
 if (x < 0)
 errAbort("Unknown option %s", string);
 return x;
 }
 
 char *rrroeEnumToString(enum recombRateRatOptEnum x)
 /* Convert from enum to string representation. */
 {
 return recombRateRatOptions[x];
 }
 
 void rrroeDropDown(char *var, char *curVal)
 /* Make drop down of options. */
 {
 cgiMakeDropList(var, recombRateRatOptions, ArraySize(recombRateRatOptions),
     curVal);
 }
 
 /****** Some stuff for recombRateMouse related controls *******/
 
 static char *recombRateMouseOptions[] = {
 "WI Genetic Map Sex Averaged Distances",
 "MGD Genetic Map Sex Averaged Distances",
 };
 
 enum recombRateMouseOptEnum rrmoeStringToEnum(char *string)
 /* Convert from string to enum representation. */
 {
 int x = stringIx(string, recombRateMouseOptions);
 if (x < 0)
 errAbort("Unknown option %s", string);
 return x;
 }
 
 char *rrmoeEnumToString(enum recombRateMouseOptEnum x)
 /* Convert from enum to string representation. */
 {
 return recombRateMouseOptions[x];
 }
 
 void rrmoeDropDown(char *var, char *curVal)
 /* Make drop down of options. */
 {
 cgiMakeDropList(var, recombRateMouseOptions, ArraySize(recombRateMouseOptions),
     curVal);
 }
 
 /****** Some stuff for CGH NCI60 related controls *******/
 
 static char *cghNci60Options[] = {
 "Tissue Averages",
 "BREAST",
 "CNS",
 "COLON",
 "LEUKEMIA",
 "LUNG",
 "MELANOMA",
 "OVARY",
 "PROSTATE",
 "RENAL",
 "All Cell Lines",
 };
 
 enum cghNci60OptEnum cghoeStringToEnum(char *string)
 /* Convert from string to enum representation. */
 {
 int x = stringIx(string, cghNci60Options);
 if (x < 0)
 errAbort("Unknown option %s", string);
 return x;
 }
 
 char *cghoeEnumToString(enum cghNci60OptEnum x)
 /* Convert from enum to string representation. */
 {
 return cghNci60Options[x];
 }
 
 void cghoeDropDown(char *var, char *curVal)
 /* Make drop down of options. */
 {
 cgiMakeDropList(var, cghNci60Options, ArraySize(cghNci60Options),
     curVal);
 }
 
 /****** Some stuff for nci60 related controls *******/
 
 static char *nci60Options[] = {
 "Tissue Averages",
 "All Cell Lines",
 "BREAST",
 "CNS",
 "COLON",
 "LEUKEMIA",
 "MELANOMA",
 "OVARIAN",
 "PROSTATE",
 "RENAL",
 "NSCLC",
 "DUPLICATE",
 "UNKNOWN"
 };
 
 enum nci60OptEnum nci60StringToEnum(char *string)
 /* Convert from string to enum representation. */
 {
 int x = stringIx(string, nci60Options);
 if (x < 0)
 errAbort("hui::nci60StringToEnum() - Unknown option %s", string);
 return x;
 }
 
 char *nci60EnumToString(enum nci60OptEnum x)
 /* Convert from enum to string representation. */
 {
 return nci60Options[x];
 }
 
 void nci60DropDown(char *var, char *curVal)
 /* Make drop down of options. */
 {
 cgiMakeDropList(var, nci60Options, ArraySize(nci60Options),
     curVal);
 }
 
 
 /*** Control of base/codon coloring code: ***/
 
 /* All options (parallel to enum baseColorDrawOpt): */
 static char *baseColorDrawAllOptionLabels[] =
 {
 BASE_COLOR_DRAW_OFF_LABEL,
 BASE_COLOR_DRAW_GENOMIC_CODONS_LABEL,
 BASE_COLOR_DRAW_ITEM_CODONS_LABEL,
 BASE_COLOR_DRAW_DIFF_CODONS_LABEL,
 BASE_COLOR_DRAW_ITEM_BASES_CDS_LABEL,
 BASE_COLOR_DRAW_DIFF_BASES_CDS_LABEL,
 };
 static char *baseColorDrawAllOptionValues[] =
 {
 BASE_COLOR_DRAW_OFF,
 BASE_COLOR_DRAW_GENOMIC_CODONS,
 BASE_COLOR_DRAW_ITEM_CODONS,
 BASE_COLOR_DRAW_DIFF_CODONS,
 BASE_COLOR_DRAW_ITEM_BASES,
 BASE_COLOR_DRAW_DIFF_BASES,
 };
 
 /* Subset of options for tracks with CDS info but not item sequence: */
 static char *baseColorDrawGenomicOptionLabels[] =
 {
 BASE_COLOR_DRAW_OFF_LABEL,
 BASE_COLOR_DRAW_GENOMIC_CODONS_LABEL,
 };
 static char *baseColorDrawGenomicOptionValues[] =
 {
 BASE_COLOR_DRAW_OFF,
 BASE_COLOR_DRAW_GENOMIC_CODONS,
 };
 
 /* Subset of options for tracks with aligned item sequence but not CDS: */
 static char *baseColorDrawItemOptionLabels[] =
 {
 BASE_COLOR_DRAW_OFF_LABEL,
 BASE_COLOR_DRAW_ITEM_BASES_NC_LABEL,
 BASE_COLOR_DRAW_DIFF_BASES_NC_LABEL,
 };
 static char *baseColorDrawItemOptionValues[] =
 {
 BASE_COLOR_DRAW_OFF,
 BASE_COLOR_DRAW_ITEM_BASES,
 BASE_COLOR_DRAW_DIFF_BASES,
 };
 
 enum baseColorDrawOpt baseColorDrawOptStringToEnum(char *string)
 /* Convert from string to enum representation. */
 {
 int x = stringIx(string, baseColorDrawAllOptionValues);
 if (x < 0)
 errAbort("hui::baseColorDrawOptStringToEnum() - Unknown option %s", string);
 return x;
 }
 
 static boolean baseColorGotCds(struct trackDb *tdb)
 /* Return true if this track has CDS info according to tdb (or is genePred). */
 {
 boolean gotIt = FALSE;
 char *setting = trackDbSetting(tdb, BASE_COLOR_USE_CDS);
 if (isNotEmpty(setting))
 {
 if (sameString(setting, "all") || sameString(setting, "given") ||
     sameString(setting, "genbank") || startsWith("table", setting))
     gotIt = TRUE;
 else if (! sameString(setting, "none"))
     errAbort("trackDb for %s, setting %s: unrecognized value \"%s\".  "
 	     "must be one of {none, all, given, genbank, table}.",
 	     tdb->track, BASE_COLOR_USE_CDS, setting);
 }
 else if (startsWith("genePred", tdb->type)  || startsWith("bigGenePred", tdb->type))
 gotIt = TRUE;
 return gotIt;
 }
 
 static boolean baseColorGotSequence(struct trackDb *tdb)
 /* Return true if this track has aligned sequence according to tdb. */
 {
 boolean gotIt = FALSE;
 char *setting = trackDbSetting(tdb, BASE_COLOR_USE_SEQUENCE);
 if (isNotEmpty(setting))
 {
 if (sameString(setting, "genbank") || sameString(setting, "seq") ||
     sameString(setting, "ss") || startsWith("extFile", setting) ||
     sameString(setting, "hgPcrResult") || sameString(setting, "nameIsSequence") ||
     sameString(setting, "seq1Seq2") || sameString(setting, "lfExtra") ||
     sameString(setting, "lrg") || startsWith("table ", setting))
     gotIt = TRUE;
 else if (differentString(setting, "none"))
     errAbort("trackDb for %s, setting %s: unrecognized value \"%s\".  "
 	     "must be one of {none, genbank, seq, ss, extFile, nameIsSequence, seq1Seq2,"
 	     "hgPcrResult, lfExtra, lrg, table <em>table</em>}.",
 	     tdb->track, BASE_COLOR_USE_SEQUENCE, setting);
 }
 return gotIt;
 }
 
 static void baseColorDropLists(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, char *name)
 /* draw the baseColor drop list options */
 {
 enum baseColorDrawOpt curOpt = baseColorDrawOptEnabled(cart, tdb);
 char *curValue = baseColorDrawAllOptionValues[curOpt];
 char var[512];
 safef(var, sizeof(var), "%s." BASE_COLOR_VAR_SUFFIX, name);
 boolean gotCds = baseColorGotCds(tdb);
 boolean gotSeq = baseColorGotSequence(tdb);
 if (gotCds && gotSeq)
 {
 puts("<P><B>Color track by codons or bases:</B>");
 cgiMakeDropListFull(var, baseColorDrawAllOptionLabels,
 		    baseColorDrawAllOptionValues,
 		    ArraySize(baseColorDrawAllOptionLabels),
-			curValue, NULL);
+		    curValue, NULL, NULL);
 printf("<A HREF=\"%s\">Help on mRNA coloring</A><BR>",
        CDS_MRNA_HELP_PAGE);
 }
 else if (gotCds)
     {
     char buf[256];
     char *disabled = NULL;
     safef(buf, sizeof(buf), "onchange='codonColoringChanged(\"%s\")'", name);
     puts("<P><B>Color track by codons:</B>");
     cgiMakeDropListFull(var, baseColorDrawGenomicOptionLabels,
 			baseColorDrawGenomicOptionValues,
 			ArraySize(baseColorDrawGenomicOptionLabels),
-			curValue, buf);
+			curValue, "change", buf);
     printf("<A HREF=\"%s\">Help on codon coloring</A><BR>",
 	   CDS_HELP_PAGE);
     safef(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s.%s", name, CODON_NUMBERING_SUFFIX);
     if (curOpt == baseColorDrawOff)
         disabled = "disabled";
     printf("<br /><b><span id='%sCodonNumberingLabel' %s>Show codon numbering</b>:</span>\n", 
                 name, curOpt == baseColorDrawOff ? "class='disabled'" : "");
     cgiMakeCheckBoxJS(buf, cartUsualBooleanClosestToHome(cart, tdb, FALSE, CODON_NUMBERING_SUFFIX, TRUE), disabled);
     }
 else if (gotSeq)
     {
     puts("<P><B>Color track by bases:</B>");
     cgiMakeDropListFull(var, baseColorDrawItemOptionLabels,
 			baseColorDrawItemOptionValues,
 			ArraySize(baseColorDrawItemOptionLabels),
-			curValue, NULL);
+			curValue, NULL, NULL);
     printf("<A HREF=\"%s\">Help on base coloring</A><BR>",
 	   CDS_BASE_HELP_PAGE);
     }
 }
 
 void baseColorDrawOptDropDown(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb)
 /* Make appropriately labeled drop down of options if any are applicable.*/
 {
 baseColorDropLists(cart, tdb, tdb->track);
 }
 
 enum baseColorDrawOpt baseColorDrawOptEnabled(struct cart *cart,
 					  struct trackDb *tdb)
 /* Query cart & trackDb to determine what drawing mode (if any) is enabled. */
 {
 char *stringVal = NULL;
 assert(cart);
 assert(tdb);
 
 /* trackDb can override default of OFF; cart can override trackDb. */
 stringVal = trackDbSettingClosestToHomeOrDefault(tdb, BASE_COLOR_DEFAULT,
 						  BASE_COLOR_DRAW_OFF);
 stringVal = cartUsualStringClosestToHome(cart, tdb, FALSE, BASE_COLOR_VAR_SUFFIX,stringVal);
 
 return baseColorDrawOptStringToEnum(stringVal);
 }
 
 
 /*** Control of fancy indel display code: ***/
 
 static boolean tdbOrCartBoolean(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb,
 			    char *settingName, char *defaultOnOff)
 /* Query cart & trackDb to determine if a boolean variable is set. */
 {
 boolean alreadySet;
 alreadySet = !sameString("off",trackDbSettingOrDefault(tdb, settingName, defaultOnOff));
 alreadySet = cartUsualBooleanClosestToHome(cart, tdb, FALSE, settingName, alreadySet);
 	 // NOTE: parentLevel=FALSE because tdb param already is at appropriate level
 return alreadySet;
 }
 
 static boolean indelAppropriate(struct trackDb *tdb)
 /* Return true if it makes sense to offer indel display options for tdb. */
 {
 return (tdb && (startsWith("psl", tdb->type) ||startsWith("bigPsl", tdb->type) || sameString("bam", tdb->type) ||
 		sameString("lrg", tdb->track)));
 }
 
 static void indelEnabledByName(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, char *name,
 	      float basesPerPixel, boolean *retDoubleInsert, boolean *retQueryInsert,
 	      boolean *retPolyA)
 /* Query cart & trackDb to determine what indel display (if any) is enabled. Set
 * basesPerPixel to 0.0 to disable check for zoom level.  */
 {
 struct trackDb *tdbLevel = tdb;
 if (differentString(tdb->track, name) && tdb->parent != NULL)
 tdbLevel = tdb->parent;
 
 boolean apropos = indelAppropriate(tdb);
 if (apropos && (basesPerPixel > 0.0))
 {
 // check indel max zoom
 float showIndelMaxZoom = trackDbFloatSettingOrDefault(tdbLevel, "showIndelMaxZoom", -1.0);
 if ((showIndelMaxZoom >= 0)
     && ((basesPerPixel > showIndelMaxZoom) || (showIndelMaxZoom == 0.0)))
     apropos = FALSE;
 }
 
 if (retDoubleInsert)
 *retDoubleInsert = apropos &&
 		   tdbOrCartBoolean(cart, tdbLevel, INDEL_DOUBLE_INSERT, "off");
 if (retQueryInsert)
 *retQueryInsert = apropos &&
 		  tdbOrCartBoolean(cart, tdbLevel, INDEL_QUERY_INSERT, "off");
 if (retPolyA)
 *retPolyA = apropos &&
 	    tdbOrCartBoolean(cart, tdbLevel, INDEL_POLY_A, "off");
 }
 
 void indelEnabled(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, float basesPerPixel,
 	      boolean *retDoubleInsert, boolean *retQueryInsert,
 	      boolean *retPolyA)
 /* Query cart & trackDb to determine what indel display (if any) is enabled. Set
 * basesPerPixel to 0.0 to disable check for zoom level.  */
 {
 indelEnabledByName(cart,tdb,tdb->track,basesPerPixel,retDoubleInsert,retQueryInsert,retPolyA);
 }
 
 static void indelShowOptionsWithNameExt(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, char *name,
 				    char *queryTerm,
 				    boolean includeDoubleInsert, boolean includePolyA)
 /* Make HTML inputs for indel display options if any are applicable. */
 {
 if (indelAppropriate(tdb))
 {
 boolean showDoubleInsert, showQueryInsert, showPolyA;
 char var[512];
 indelEnabledByName(cart, tdb, name, 0.0, &showDoubleInsert, &showQueryInsert, &showPolyA);
 printf("<TABLE><TR><TD colspan=2><B>Alignment Gap/Insertion Display Options</B>");
 printf("&nbsp;<A HREF=\"%s\">Help on display options</A>\n<TR valign='top'><TD>",
        INDEL_HELP_PAGE);
 if (includeDoubleInsert)
     {
     safef(var, sizeof(var), "%s.%s", name, INDEL_DOUBLE_INSERT);
     cgiMakeCheckBox(var, showDoubleInsert);
     printf("</TD><TD>Draw double horizontal lines when both genome and %s have "
 	   "an insertion</TD></TR>\n<TR valign='top'><TD>", queryTerm);
     }
 safef(var, sizeof(var), "%s.%s", name, INDEL_QUERY_INSERT);
 cgiMakeCheckBox(var, showQueryInsert);
 printf("</TD><TD>Draw a vertical purple line for an insertion at the beginning or "
        "end of the <BR>%s, orange for insertion in the middle of the %s</TD></TR>\n"
        "<TR valign='top'><TD>", queryTerm, queryTerm);
 if (includePolyA)
     {
     safef(var, sizeof(var), "%s.%s", name, INDEL_POLY_A);
     /* We can highlight valid polyA's only if we have query sequence --
      * so indelPolyA code piggiebacks on baseColor code: */
     if (baseColorGotSequence(tdb))
 	{
 	cgiMakeCheckBox(var, showPolyA);
 	printf("</TD><TD>Draw a vertical green line where %s has a polyA tail "
 	       "insertion</TD></TR>\n", queryTerm);
 	}
     }
 printf("</TABLE>\n");
 }
 }
 
 static void indelShowOptionsWithName(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, char *name)
 /* Make HTML inputs for indel display options if any are applicable. */
 {
 indelShowOptionsWithNameExt(cart, tdb, name, "query", TRUE, TRUE);
 }
 
 void indelShowOptions(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb)
 /* Make HTML inputs for indel display options if any are applicable. */
 {
 indelShowOptionsWithName(cart, tdb, tdb->track);
 }
 
 /****** base position (ruler) controls *******/
 
 static char *zoomOptions[] = {
 ZOOM_1PT5X,
 ZOOM_3X,
 ZOOM_10X,
 ZOOM_100X,
 ZOOM_BASE
 };
 
 void zoomRadioButtons(char *var, char *curVal)
 /* Make a list of radio buttons for all zoom options */
 {
 int i;
 int size = ArraySize(zoomOptions);
 for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
 {
 char *s = zoomOptions[i];
 cgiMakeRadioButton(var, s, sameString(s, curVal));
 printf(" %s &nbsp;&nbsp;", s);
 }
 }
 
 /****** Some stuff for affy related controls *******/
 
 static char *affyOptions[] = {
 "Chip Type",
 "Chip ID",
 "Tissue Averages"
 };
 
 enum affyOptEnum affyStringToEnum(char *string)
 /* Convert from string to enum representation. */
 {
 int x = stringIx(string, affyOptions);
 if (x < 0)
 errAbort("hui::affyStringToEnum() - Unknown option %s", string);
 return x;
 }
 
 char *affyEnumToString(enum affyOptEnum x)
 /* Convert from enum to string representation. */
 {
 return affyOptions[x];
 }
 
 void affyDropDown(char *var, char *curVal)
 /* Make drop down of options. */
 {
 cgiMakeDropList(var, affyOptions, ArraySize(affyOptions),
     curVal);
 }
 
 /****** Some stuff for affy all exon related controls *******/
 
 static char *affyAllExonOptions[] = {
 "Chip",
 "Tissue Averages"
 };
 
 enum affyAllExonOptEnum affyAllExonStringToEnum(char *string)
 /* Convert from string to enum representation. */
 {
 int x = stringIx(string, affyAllExonOptions);
 if (x < 0)
 errAbort("hui::affyAllExonStringToEnum() - Unknown option %s", string);
 return x;
 }
 
 char *affyAllExonEnumToString(enum affyAllExonOptEnum x)
 /* Convert from enum to string representation. */
 {
 return affyAllExonOptions[x];
 }
 
 void affyAllExonDropDown(char *var, char *curVal)
 /* Make drop down of options. */
 {
 cgiMakeDropList(var, affyAllExonOptions, ArraySize(affyAllExonOptions),
     curVal);
 }
 
 /****** Some stuff for Rosetta related controls *******/
 
 static char *rosettaOptions[] = {
 "All Experiments",
 "Common Reference and Other",
 "Common Reference",
 "Other Exps"
 };
 
 static char *rosettaExonOptions[] = {
 "Confirmed Only",
 "Predicted Only",
 "All",
 };
 
 enum rosettaOptEnum rosettaStringToEnum(char *string)
 /* Convert from string to enum representation. */
 {
 int x = stringIx(string, rosettaOptions);
 if (x < 0)
 errAbort("hui::rosettaStringToEnum() - Unknown option %s", string);
 return x;
 }
 
 char *rosettaEnumToString(enum rosettaOptEnum x)
 /* Convert from enum to string representation. */
 {
 return rosettaOptions[x];
 }
 
 void rosettaDropDown(char *var, char *curVal)
 /* Make drop down of options. */
 {
 cgiMakeDropList(var, rosettaOptions, ArraySize(rosettaOptions),
     curVal);
 }
 
 enum rosettaExonOptEnum rosettaStringToExonEnum(char *string)
 /* Convert from string to enum representation of exon types. */
 {
 int x = stringIx(string, rosettaExonOptions);
 if (x < 0)
 errAbort("hui::rosettaStringToExonEnum() - Unknown option %s", string);
 return x;
 }
 
 char *rosettaExonEnumToString(enum rosettaExonOptEnum x)
 /* Convert from enum to string representation of exon types. */
 {
 return rosettaExonOptions[x];
 }
 
 void rosettaExonDropDown(char *var, char *curVal)
 /* Make drop down of exon type options. */
 {
 cgiMakeDropList(var, rosettaExonOptions, ArraySize(rosettaExonOptions), curVal);
 }
 
 /****** Options for the net track level display options *******/
 static char *netLevelOptions[] = {
 NET_LEVEL_0,
 NET_LEVEL_1,
 NET_LEVEL_2,
 NET_LEVEL_3,
 NET_LEVEL_4,
 NET_LEVEL_5,
 NET_LEVEL_6
 };
 
 enum netLevelEnum netLevelStringToEnum(char *string)
 /* Convert from string to enum representation. */
 {
 int x = stringIx(string, netLevelOptions);
 if (x < 0)
 errAbort("hui::netLevelStringToEnum() - Unknown option %s", string);
 return x;
 }
 
 char *netLevelEnumToString(enum netLevelEnum x)
 /* Convert from enum to string representation. */
 {
 return netLevelOptions[x];
 }
 
 void netLevelDropDown(char *var, char *curVal)
 /* Make drop down of options. */
 {
 cgiMakeDropList(var, netLevelOptions, ArraySize(netLevelOptions), curVal);
 }
 
 /****** Options for the net track color options *******/
 static char *netColorOptions[] = {
 CHROM_COLORS,
 GRAY_SCALE
 };
 
 enum netColorEnum netColorStringToEnum(char *string)
 /* Convert from string to enum representation. */
 {
 int x = stringIx(string, netColorOptions);
 if (x < 0)
 errAbort("hui::netColorStringToEnum() - Unknown option %s", string);
 return x;
 }
 
 char *netColorEnumToString(enum netColorEnum x)
 /* Convert from enum to string representation. */
 {
 return netColorOptions[x];
 }
 
 void netColorDropDown(char *var, char *curVal)
 /* Make drop down of options. */
 {
 cgiMakeDropList(var, netColorOptions, ArraySize(netColorOptions), curVal);
 }
 
 /****** Options for the chain track color options *******/
 static char *chainColorOptions[] = {
 CHROM_COLORS,
 SCORE_COLORS,
 NO_COLORS
 };
 
 enum chainColorEnum chainColorStringToEnum(char *string)
 /* Convert from string to enum representation. */
 {
 int x = stringIx(string, chainColorOptions);
 if (x < 0)
 errAbort("hui::chainColorStringToEnum() - Unknown option %s", string);
 return x;
 }
 
 char *chainColorEnumToString(enum chainColorEnum x)
 /* Convert from enum to string representation. */
 {
 return chainColorOptions[x];
 }
 
 void chainColorDropDown(char *var, char *curVal)
 /* Make drop down of options. */
 {
 cgiMakeDropList(var, chainColorOptions, ArraySize(chainColorOptions), curVal);
 }
 
 /****** Options for the wiggle track Windowing *******/
 
 static char *wiggleWindowingOptions[] = {
 "mean+whiskers",
 "maximum",
 "mean",
 "minimum",
 };
 
 enum wiggleWindowingEnum wiggleWindowingStringToEnum(char *string)
 /* Convert from string to enum representation. */
 {
 int x = stringIx(string, wiggleWindowingOptions);
 if (x < 0)
 errAbort("hui::wiggleWindowingStringToEnum() - Unknown option %s", string);
 return x;
 }
 
 char *wiggleWindowingEnumToString(enum wiggleWindowingEnum x)
 /* Convert from enum to string representation. */
 {
 return wiggleWindowingOptions[x];
 }
 
 void wiggleWindowingDropDown(char *var, char *curVal)
 /* Make drop down of options. */
 {
 cgiMakeDropList(var, wiggleWindowingOptions, ArraySize(wiggleWindowingOptions),
     curVal);
 }
 
 /****** Options for the wiggle track Smoothing *******/
 
 static char *wiggleSmoothingOptions[] = {
 "OFF", "2", "3", "4", "5", "6", "7", "8", "9", "10", "11",
 "12", "13", "14", "15", "16"
 };
 
 enum wiggleSmoothingEnum wiggleSmoothingStringToEnum(char *string)
 /* Convert from string to enum representation. */
 {
 int x = stringIx(string, wiggleSmoothingOptions);
 if (x < 0)
 errAbort("hui::wiggleSmoothingStringToEnum() - Unknown option %s", string);
 return x;
 }
 
 char *wiggleSmoothingEnumToString(enum wiggleSmoothingEnum x)
 /* Convert from enum to string representation. */
 {
 return wiggleSmoothingOptions[x];
 }
 
 void wiggleSmoothingDropDown(char *var, char *curVal)
 /* Make drop down of options. */
 {
 cgiMakeDropList(var, wiggleSmoothingOptions, ArraySize(wiggleSmoothingOptions),
     curVal);
 }
 
 /****** Options for the wiggle track y Line Mark On/Off *******/
 
 static char *wiggleYLineMarkOptions[] = {
 "OFF",
 "ON"
 };
 
 enum wiggleYLineMarkEnum wiggleYLineMarkStringToEnum(char *string)
 /* Convert from string to enum representation. */
 {
 int x = stringIx(string, wiggleYLineMarkOptions);
 if (x < 0)
 errAbort("hui::wiggleYLineMarkStringToEnum() - Unknown option %s", string);
 return x;
 }
 
 char *wiggleYLineMarkEnumToString(enum wiggleYLineMarkEnum x)
 /* Convert from enum to string representation. */
 {
 return wiggleYLineMarkOptions[x];
 }
 
 void wiggleYLineMarkDropDown(char *var, char *curVal)
 /* Make drop down of options. */
 {
 cgiMakeDropList(var, wiggleYLineMarkOptions, ArraySize(wiggleYLineMarkOptions),
     curVal);
 }
 
 /****** Options for the wiggle track AutoScale *******/
 
 static char *wiggleScaleOptions[] = {
 "use vertical viewing range setting",
 "auto-scale to data view"
 };
 
 enum wiggleScaleOptEnum wiggleScaleStringToEnum(char *string)
 /* Convert from string to enum representation. */
 {
 int x = stringIx(string, wiggleScaleOptions);
 if (x < 0)
 errAbort("hui::wiggleScaleStringToEnum() - Unknown option %s", string);
 return x;
 }
 
 char *wiggleScaleEnumToString(enum wiggleScaleOptEnum x)
 /* Convert from enum to string representation. */
 {
 return wiggleScaleOptions[x];
 }
 
 void wiggleScaleDropDown(char *var, char *curVal)
 /* Make drop down of options. */
 {
 cgiMakeDropList(var, wiggleScaleOptions, ArraySize(wiggleScaleOptions),
     curVal);
 }
 
 /****** Options for the wiggle track type of graph *******/
 
 static char *wiggleGraphOptions[] = {
 "points",
 "bar",
 };
 
 enum wiggleGraphOptEnum wiggleGraphStringToEnum(char *string)
 /* Convert from string to enum representation. */
 {
 int x = stringIx(string, wiggleGraphOptions);
 if (x < 0)
 errAbort("hui::wiggleGraphStringToEnum() - Unknown option %s", string);
 return x;
 }
 
 char *wiggleGraphEnumToString(enum wiggleGraphOptEnum x)
 /* Convert from enum to string representation. */
 {
 return wiggleGraphOptions[x];
 }
 
 void wiggleGraphDropDown(char *var, char *curVal)
 /* Make drop down of options. */
 {
 cgiMakeDropList(var, wiggleGraphOptions, ArraySize(wiggleGraphOptions), curVal);
 }
 
 static char *aggregateLabels[] =
 {
 "none",
 "transparent",
 "solid",
 "stacked",
 };
 
 static char *aggregateValues[] =
 {
 WIG_AGGREGATE_NONE,
 WIG_AGGREGATE_TRANSPARENT,
 WIG_AGGREGATE_SOLID,
 WIG_AGGREGATE_STACKED,
 };
 
 char *wiggleAggregateFunctionEnumToString(enum wiggleAggregateFunctionEnum x)
 /* Convert from enum to string representation. */
 {
 return aggregateValues[x];
 }
 
 enum wiggleAggregateFunctionEnum wiggleAggregateFunctionStringToEnum(char *string)
 /* Convert from string to enum representation. */
 {
 int x = stringIx(string, aggregateValues);
 if (x < 0)
 errAbort("hui::wiggleAggregateFunctionStringToEnum() - Unknown option %s", string);
 return x;
 }
 
 void aggregateDropDown(char *var, char *curVal)
 /* Make drop down menu for aggregate strategy */
 {
 cgiMakeDropListFull(var, aggregateLabels, aggregateValues,
-	ArraySize(aggregateValues), curVal, NULL);
+    ArraySize(aggregateValues), curVal, NULL, NULL);
 }
 
 static char *wiggleTransformFuncOptions[] = {
 "NONE",
 "LOG"
 };
 
 static char *wiggleTransformFuncLabels[] = {
 "NONE",
 "LOG (ln(1+x))"
 };
 
 enum wiggleTransformFuncEnum wiggleTransformFuncToEnum(char *string)
 /* Convert from string to enum representation. */
 {
 int x = stringIx(string, wiggleTransformFuncOptions);
 if (x < 0)
 errAbort("hui::wiggleTransformFuncToEnum() - Unknown option %s", string);
 return x;
 }
 
 void wiggleTransformFuncDropDown(char *var, char *curVal)
 /* Make drop down of options. */
 {
 cgiMakeDropListFull(var, wiggleTransformFuncLabels, wiggleTransformFuncOptions,
-    ArraySize(wiggleTransformFuncOptions), curVal, NULL);
+ArraySize(wiggleTransformFuncOptions), curVal, NULL, NULL);
 }
 
 static char *wiggleAlwaysZeroOptions[] = {
 "OFF",
 "ON"
 };
 
 enum wiggleAlwaysZeroEnum wiggleAlwaysZeroToEnum(char *string)
 /* Convert from string to enum representation. */
 {
 int x = stringIx(string, wiggleAlwaysZeroOptions);
 if (x < 0)
 errAbort("hui::wiggleAlwaysZeroToEnum() - Unknown option %s", string);
 return x;
 }
 
 void wiggleAlwaysZeroDropDown(char *var, char *curVal)
 /* Make drop down of options. */
 {
 cgiMakeDropList(var, wiggleAlwaysZeroOptions,
 ArraySize(wiggleAlwaysZeroOptions), curVal);
 }
 
 
 /****** Options for the wiggle track horizontal grid lines *******/
 
 static char *wiggleGridOptions[] = {
 "ON",
 "OFF"
 };
 
 enum wiggleGridOptEnum wiggleGridStringToEnum(char *string)
 /* Convert from string to enum representation. */
 {
 int x = stringIx(string, wiggleGridOptions);
 if (x < 0)
 errAbort("hui::wiggleGridStringToEnum() - Unknown option %s", string);
 return x;
 }
 
 char *wiggleGridEnumToString(enum wiggleGridOptEnum x)
 /* Convert from enum to string representation. */
 {
 return wiggleGridOptions[x];
 }
 
 void wiggleGridDropDown(char *var, char *curVal)
 /* Make drop down of options. */
 {
 cgiMakeDropList(var, wiggleGridOptions, ArraySize(wiggleGridOptions),
     curVal);
 }
 
 /****** Some stuff for wiggle track related controls *******/
 
 static char *wiggleOptions[] = {
 "samples only",
 "linear interpolation"
 };
 
 enum wiggleOptEnum wiggleStringToEnum(char *string)
 /* Convert from string to enum representation. */
 {
 int x = stringIx(string, wiggleOptions);
 if (x < 0)
 errAbort("hui::wiggleStringToEnum() - Unknown option %s", string);
 return x;
 }
 
 char *wiggleEnumToString(enum wiggleOptEnum x)
 /* Convert from enum to string representation. */
 {
 return wiggleOptions[x];
 }
 
 void wiggleDropDown(char *var, char *curVal)
 /* Make drop down of options. */
 {
 cgiMakeDropList(var, wiggleOptions, ArraySize(wiggleOptions),
     curVal);
 }
 
 
 /****** Some stuff for GCwiggle track related controls *******/
 
 static char *GCwiggleOptions[] = {
 "samples only",
 "linear interpolation"
 };
 
 enum GCwiggleOptEnum GCwiggleStringToEnum(char *string)
 /* Convert from string to enum representation. */
 {
 int x = stringIx(string, GCwiggleOptions);
 if (x < 0)
 errAbort("hui::GCwiggleStringToEnum() - Unknown option %s", string);
 return x;
 }
 
 char *GCwiggleEnumToString(enum GCwiggleOptEnum x)
 /* Convert from enum to string representation. */
 {
 return GCwiggleOptions[x];
 }
 
 void GCwiggleDropDown(char *var, char *curVal)
 /* Make drop down of options. */
 {
 cgiMakeDropList(var, GCwiggleOptions, ArraySize(GCwiggleOptions),
     curVal);
 }
 
 /****** Some stuff for chimp track related controls *******/
 
 static char *chimpOptions[] = {
 "samples only",
 "linear interpolation"
 };
 
 enum chimpOptEnum chimpStringToEnum(char *string)
 /* Convert from string to enum representation. */
 {
 int x = stringIx(string, chimpOptions);
 if (x < 0)
 errAbort("hui::chimpStringToEnum() - Unknown option %s", string);
 return x;
 }
 
 char *chimpEnumToString(enum chimpOptEnum x)
 /* Convert from enum to string representation. */
 {
 return chimpOptions[x];
 }
 
 void chimpDropDown(char *var, char *curVal)
 /* Make drop down of options. */
 {
 cgiMakeDropList(var, chimpOptions, ArraySize(chimpOptions),
     curVal);
 }
 
 
 
 /****** Some stuff for mRNA and EST related controls *******/
 
 static void addMrnaFilter(struct mrnaUiData *mud, char *track, char *label, char *key, char *table)
 /* Add an mrna filter */
 {
 struct mrnaFilter *fil;
 AllocVar(fil);
 fil->label = label;
 fil->suffix = cloneString(key);
 fil->table = table;
 slAddTail(&mud->filterList, fil);
 }
 
 static struct mrnaUiData *newEmptyMrnaUiData(char *track)
 /* Make a new  in extra-ui data structure for a bed. */
 {
 struct mrnaUiData *mud;
 AllocVar(mud);
 mud->filterTypeSuffix = cloneString("Ft");
 mud->logicTypeSuffix = cloneString("Lt");
 return mud;
 }
 
 struct mrnaUiData *newBedUiData(char *track)
 /* Make a new  in extra-ui data structure for a bed. */
 {
 struct mrnaUiData *mud = newEmptyMrnaUiData(track);
 addMrnaFilter(mud, track, "name", "name",track);
 return mud;
 }
 
 struct mrnaUiData *newMrnaUiData(char *track, boolean isXeno)
 /* Make a new  in extra-ui data structure for mRNA. */
 {
 struct mrnaUiData *mud = newEmptyMrnaUiData(track);
 if (isXeno)
 addMrnaFilter(mud, track, "organism", "org", organismTable);
 addMrnaFilter(mud, track, "accession", "acc", "acc");
 addMrnaFilter(mud, track, "author", "aut", authorTable);
 addMrnaFilter(mud, track, "library", "lib", libraryTable);
 addMrnaFilter(mud, track, "tissue", "tis", tissueTable);
 addMrnaFilter(mud, track, "cell", "cel", cellTable);
 addMrnaFilter(mud, track, "keyword", "key", keywordTable);
 addMrnaFilter(mud, track, "gene", "gen", geneNameTable);
 addMrnaFilter(mud, track, "product", "pro", productNameTable);
 addMrnaFilter(mud, track, "description", "des", descriptionTable);
 return mud;
 }
 
 int trackNameAndLabelCmp(const void *va, const void *vb)
 // Compare to sort on label.
 {
 const struct trackNameAndLabel *a = *((struct trackNameAndLabel **)va);
 const struct trackNameAndLabel *b = *((struct trackNameAndLabel **)vb);
 return strcmp(a->label, b->label);
 }
 
 char *trackFindLabel(struct trackNameAndLabel *list, char *label)
 // Try to find label in list. Return NULL if it's not there.
 {
 struct trackNameAndLabel *el;
 for (el = list; el != NULL; el = el->next)
 {
 if (sameString(el->label, label))
     return label;
 }
 return NULL;
 }
 
 char *genePredDropDown(struct cart *cart, struct hash *trackHash,
 				    char *formName, char *varName)
 /* Make gene-prediction drop-down().  Return track name of
 * currently selected one.  Return NULL if no gene tracks.
 * If formName isn't NULL, it's the form for auto submit (onchange attr).
 * If formName is NULL, no submit occurs when menu is changed */
 {
 char *cartTrack = cartOptionalString(cart, varName);
 struct hashEl *trackList, *trackEl;
 char *selectedName = NULL;
 struct trackNameAndLabel *nameList = NULL, *name;
 char *trackName = NULL;
 
 /* Make alphabetized list of all genePred track names. */
 trackList = hashElListHash(trackHash);
 for (trackEl = trackList; trackEl != NULL; trackEl = trackEl->next)
 {
 struct trackDb *tdb = trackEl->val;
 char *dupe = cloneString(tdb->type);
 char *type = firstWordInLine(dupe);
 if ((sameString(type, "genePred")) && (!sameString(tdb->table, "tigrGeneIndex") && !tdbIsComposite(tdb) && !tdbIsCompositeView(tdb)))
     {
     AllocVar(name);
     name->name = tdb->track;
     name->label = tdb->longLabel;
     slAddHead(&nameList, name);
     }
 freez(&dupe);
 }
 slSort(&nameList, trackNameAndLabelCmp);
 
 /* No gene tracks - not much we can do. */
 if (nameList == NULL)
 {
 slFreeList(&trackList);
 return NULL;
 }
 
 /* Try to find current track - from cart first, then
 * knownGenes, then refGenes. */
 if (cartTrack != NULL)
 selectedName = trackFindLabel(nameList, cartTrack);
 if (selectedName == NULL)
 selectedName = trackFindLabel(nameList, "Known Genes");
 if (selectedName == NULL)
 selectedName = trackFindLabel(nameList, "SGD Genes");
 if (selectedName == NULL)
 selectedName = trackFindLabel(nameList, "BDGP Genes");
 if (selectedName == NULL)
 selectedName = trackFindLabel(nameList, "WormBase Genes");
 if (selectedName == NULL)
 selectedName = trackFindLabel(nameList, "RefSeq Genes");
 if (selectedName == NULL)
 selectedName = nameList->name;
 
 /* Make drop-down list. */
 {
-    char javascript[SMALLBUF], *autoSubmit;
+char javascript[SMALLBUF], *autoSubmit, *event;
 int nameCount = slCount(nameList);
 char **menu;
 int i;
 
 AllocArray(menu, nameCount);
 for (name = nameList, i=0; name != NULL; name = name->next, ++i)
     {
     menu[i] = name->label;
     }
 if (formName == NULL)
+    {
     autoSubmit = NULL;
+    event = NULL;
+    }
 else
     {
     safef(javascript, sizeof(javascript),
-                "onchange=\"document.%s.submit();\"", formName);
+	    "document.%s.submit();", formName);
     autoSubmit = javascript;
+    event = "change"; 
     }
-    cgiMakeDropListFull(varName, menu, menu, nameCount, selectedName, autoSubmit);
+cgiMakeDropListFull(varName, menu, menu, nameCount, selectedName, event, autoSubmit);
 freez(&menu);
 }
 
 /* Convert to track name */
 for (name = nameList; name != NULL; name = name->next)
 {
 if (sameString(selectedName, name->label))
     trackName = name->name;
 }
 
 /* Clean up and return. */
 slFreeList(&nameList);
 slFreeList(&trackList);
 return trackName;
 }
 
 void rAddTrackListToHash(struct hash *trackHash, struct trackDb *tdbList, char *chrom,
     boolean leafOnly)
 /* Recursively add trackList to trackHash */
 {
 struct trackDb *tdb;
 for (tdb = tdbList; tdb != NULL; tdb = tdb->next)
 {
 if (hTrackOnChrom(tdb, chrom))
     {
     if (tdb->subtracks == NULL || !leafOnly)
 	hashAdd(trackHash, tdb->track, tdb);
     }
 rAddTrackListToHash(trackHash, tdb->subtracks, chrom, leafOnly);
 }
 }
 
 struct hash *trackHashMakeWithComposites(char *db,char *chrom,struct trackDb **tdbList,
 				     bool withComposites)
 // Make hash of trackDb items for this chromosome, including composites, not just the subtracks.
 // May pass in prepopulated trackDb list, or may receive the trackDb list as an inout.
 {
 struct trackDb *theTdbs = NULL;
 if (tdbList == NULL || *tdbList == NULL)
 {
 theTdbs = hTrackDb(db);
 if (tdbList != NULL)
     *tdbList = theTdbs;
 }
 else
 theTdbs = *tdbList;
 struct hash *trackHash = newHash(7);
 rAddTrackListToHash(trackHash, theTdbs, chrom, !withComposites);
 return trackHash;
 }
 
 /****** Stuff for acembly related options *******/
 
 static char *acemblyOptions[] = {
 "all genes",
 "main",
 "putative",
 };
 
 enum acemblyOptEnum acemblyStringToEnum(char *string)
 /* Convert from string to enum representation. */
 {
 int x = stringIx(string, acemblyOptions);
 if (x < 0)
 errAbort("hui::acemblyStringToEnum() - Unknown option %s", string);
 return x;
 }
 
 char *acemblyEnumToString(enum acemblyOptEnum x)
 /* Convert from enum to string representation. */
 {
 return acemblyOptions[x];
 }
 
 void acemblyDropDown(char *var, char *curVal)
 /* Make drop down of options. */
 {
 cgiMakeDropList(var, acemblyOptions, ArraySize(acemblyOptions),
     curVal);
 }
 
 static boolean parseAssignment(char *words, char **name, char **value)
 /* parse <name>=<value>, destroying input words in the process */
 {
 char *p;
 if ((p = index(words, '=')) == NULL)
 return FALSE;
 *p++ = 0;
 if (name)
 *name = words;
 if (value)
 *value = p;
 return TRUE;
 }
 
 static char *getPrimaryType(char *primarySubtrack, struct trackDb *tdb)
 /* Do not free when done. */
 {
 char *type = NULL;
 if (primarySubtrack)
 {
 struct slRef *tdbRef, *tdbRefList = trackDbListGetRefsToDescendants(tdb->subtracks);
 for (tdbRef = tdbRefList; tdbRef != NULL; tdbRef = tdbRef->next)
     {
     struct trackDb *subtrack = tdbRef->val;
     if (sameString(subtrack->track, primarySubtrack))
 	{
 	type = subtrack->type;
 	break;
 	}
     }
 slFreeList(&tdbRefList);
 }
 return type;
 }
 
 boolean hSameTrackDbType(char *type1, char *type2)
 // Compare type strings: identical first word or allowed compatibilities
 {
 // OLD_CODE
 //return (sameString(type1, type2) ||
 //        (startsWith("wig ", type1) && startsWith("wig ", type2)));
 int wordLength = strlen(type1);
 
 // Many types have additional args which should not interfere (e.g. "bigWig 0 20")
 // Note: beds of different size are ok
 char *firstWhite = skipToSpaces(type1);
 if (firstWhite != NULL)
 wordLength = (firstWhite - type1) + 1; // include white space
 
 if (sameStringN(type1, type2,wordLength))
 return TRUE;
 
 // Allow these cross overs?  Why not?  (see redmine #7588)
 if (startsWith("wig ",type1) && startsWith("bigWig ",type2))  // tested
 return TRUE;
 if (startsWith("bigWig ",type1) && startsWith("wig ",type2))  // tested
 return TRUE;
 
 // Many flavors of bed that could be merged...
 if ((   startsWith("bed ",type1)  // bed to Peak and vis-versa tested
  || startsWith("broadPeak",type1)
  || startsWith("narrowPeak",type1))
 &&  (   startsWith("bed ",type2)
  || startsWith("broadPeak",type2)
  || startsWith("narrowPeak",type2)))
 return TRUE;
 // bigBed to bed and vis-versa fails!
 //if ((   startsWith("bed ",type1)
 //     || startsWith("bigBed ",type1)
 //     || startsWith("broadPeak",type1)
 //     || startsWith("narrowPeak",type1))
 //&&  (   startsWith("bed ",type2)
 //     || startsWith("bigBed ",type2)
 //     || startsWith("broadPeak",type2)
 //     || startsWith("narrowPeak",type2)))
 //    return TRUE;
 
 return FALSE;
 }
 
 static char *labelRoot(char *label, char** suffix)
 /* Parses a label which may be split with a &nbsp; into root and suffix
 Always free labelRoot.  suffix, which may be null does not need to be freed. */
 {
 char *root = cloneString(label);
 char *extra=strstrNoCase(root,"&nbsp;"); // &nbsp; mean don't include the reset as part of the link
 if ((long)(extra)==-1)
 extra=NULL;
 if (extra!=NULL)
 {
 *extra='\0';
 if (suffix != NULL)
     {
     extra+=5;
     *extra=' '; // Converts the &nbsp; to ' ' and include the ' '
     *suffix = extra;
     }
 }
 return root;
 }
 
 typedef struct _dividers
 {
 int count;
 char**subgroups;
 char* setting;
 } dividers_t;
 
 static dividers_t *dividersSettingGet(struct trackDb *parentTdb)
 // Parses any dividers setting in parent of subtracks
 {
 dividers_t *dividers = needMem(sizeof(dividers_t));
 dividers->setting    = cloneString(trackDbSetting(parentTdb, "dividers"));
 if (dividers->setting == NULL)
 {
 freeMem(dividers);
 return NULL;
 }
 dividers->subgroups  = needMem(24*sizeof(char*));
 dividers->count      = chopByWhite(dividers->setting, dividers->subgroups,24);
 return dividers;
 }
 
 static void dividersFree(dividers_t **dividers)
 // frees any previously obtained dividers setting
 {
 if (dividers && *dividers)
 {
 freeMem((*dividers)->subgroups);
 freeMem((*dividers)->setting);
 freez(dividers);
 }
 }
 
 typedef struct _hierarchy
 {
 int count;
 char* subgroup;
 char**membership;
 int*  indents;
 char* setting;
 } hierarchy_t;
 
 static hierarchy_t *hierarchySettingGet(struct trackDb *parentTdb)
 // Parses any list hierachy instructions setting in parent of subtracks
 {
 hierarchy_t *hierarchy = needMem(sizeof(hierarchy_t));
 hierarchy->setting     = cloneString(trackDbSetting(parentTdb, "hierarchy"));  // To be freed later
 if (hierarchy->setting == NULL)
 {
 freeMem(hierarchy);
 return NULL;
 }
 int cnt,ix;
 char *words[SMALLBUF];
 cnt = chopLine(hierarchy->setting, words);
 assert(cnt<=ArraySize(words));
 if (cnt <= 1)
 {
 freeMem(hierarchy->setting);
 freeMem(hierarchy);
 return NULL;
 }
 
 hierarchy->membership  = needMem(cnt*sizeof(char*));
 hierarchy->indents     = needMem(cnt*sizeof(int));
 hierarchy->subgroup    = words[0];
 char *name,*value;
 for (ix = 1,hierarchy->count=0; ix < cnt; ix++)
 {
 if (parseAssignment(words[ix], &name, &value))
     {
     hierarchy->membership[hierarchy->count]  = name;
     hierarchy->indents[hierarchy->count] = sqlUnsigned(value);
     hierarchy->count++;
     }
 }
 return hierarchy;
 }
 
 static void hierarchyFree(hierarchy_t **hierarchy)
 // frees any previously obtained hierachy settings
 {
 if (hierarchy && *hierarchy)
 {
 freeMem((*hierarchy)->setting);
 freeMem((*hierarchy)->membership);
 freeMem((*hierarchy)->indents);
 freez(hierarchy);
 }
 }
 
 // Four State checkboxes can be checked/unchecked by enable/disabled
 // NOTE: fourState is not a bitmap because it is manipulated in javascript and
 //       int seemed easier at the time
 #define FOUR_STATE_EMPTY             TDB_EXTRAS_EMPTY_STATE
 //#define FOUR_STATE_UNCHECKED         0
 //#define FOUR_STATE_CHECKED           1
 //#define FOUR_STATE_CHECKED_DISABLED  -1
 #define FOUR_STATE_DISABLE(val)      {while ((val) >= 0) (val) -= 2;}
 #define FOUR_STATE_ENABLE(val)       {while ((val) < 0) (val) += 2;}
 
 int subtrackFourStateChecked(struct trackDb *subtrack, struct cart *cart)
 // Returns the four state checked state of the subtrack
 {
 char * setting = NULL;
 char objName[SMALLBUF];
 int fourState = (int)tdbExtrasFourState(subtrack);
 if (fourState != FOUR_STATE_EMPTY)
 return fourState;
 
 fourState = FOUR_STATE_UNCHECKED;  // default to unchecked, enabled
 if ((setting = trackDbLocalSetting(subtrack, "parent")) != NULL)
 {
 if (findWordByDelimiter("off",' ',setting) == NULL)
     fourState = FOUR_STATE_CHECKED;
 }
 
 // Now check visibility
 enum trackVisibility vis = tdbLocalVisibility(cart, subtrack, NULL);
 if (vis == tvHide)
 {
 if (tdbIsCompositeView(subtrack->parent))
     {
     if (tdbLocalVisibility(cart, subtrack->parent, NULL) == tvHide)
 	FOUR_STATE_DISABLE(fourState);
     }
 }
 
 safef(objName, sizeof(objName), "%s_sel", subtrack->track);
 setting = cartOptionalString(cart, objName);
 if (setting != NULL)
 {
 if (sameWord("on",setting)) // ouch! cartUsualInt was interpreting "on" as 0, which was bad bug!
     fourState = 1;
 else
     fourState = atoi(setting);
 }
 tdbExtrasFourStateSet(subtrack,fourState);
 return fourState;
 }
 
 void subtrackFourStateCheckedSet(struct trackDb *subtrack, struct cart *cart,boolean checked,
 			     boolean enabled)
 // Sets the fourState Checked in the cart and updates cached state
 {
 int fourState = ( checked ? FOUR_STATE_CHECKED : FOUR_STATE_UNCHECKED );
 if (!enabled)
 FOUR_STATE_DISABLE(fourState);
 
 char objName[SMALLBUF];
 char objVal[5];
 safef(objName, sizeof(objName), "%s_sel", subtrack->track);
 safef(objVal, sizeof(objVal), "%d", fourState);
 cartSetString(cart, objName, objVal);
 tdbExtrasFourStateSet(subtrack,fourState);
 }
 
 
 static char *tagEncode(char *name)
 // Turns out css classes cannot begin with a number.  So prepend 'A'
 // If this were more widely used, could move to cheapcgi.c.
 {
 if (!isdigit(*name))
 return name;
 
 char *newName = needMem(strlen(name)+2);
 *newName = 'A';
 strcpy(newName+1,name);
 return newName;
 }
 
 typedef struct _dimensions
 {
 int count;
 char**names;
 char**subgroups;
 char* setting;
 } dimensions_t;
 
 boolean dimensionsExist(struct trackDb *parentTdb)
 // Does this parent track contain dimensions?
 {
 return (trackDbSetting(parentTdb, "dimensions") != NULL);
 }
 
 static dimensions_t *dimensionSettingsGet(struct trackDb *parentTdb)
 // Parses any dimemnions setting in parent of subtracks
 {
 dimensions_t *dimensions = needMem(sizeof(dimensions_t));
 dimensions->setting = cloneString(trackDbSetting(parentTdb, "dimensions"));  // To be freed later
 if (dimensions->setting == NULL)
 {
 freeMem(dimensions);
 return NULL;
 }
 int cnt,ix;
 char *words[SMALLBUF];
 cnt = chopLine(dimensions->setting,words);
 assert(cnt<=ArraySize(words));
 if (cnt <= 0)
 {
 freeMem(dimensions->setting);
 freeMem(dimensions);
 return NULL;
 }
 
 dimensions->names     = needMem(cnt*sizeof(char*));
 dimensions->subgroups = needMem(cnt*sizeof(char*));
 char *name,*value;
 for (ix = 0,dimensions->count=0; ix < cnt; ix++)
 {
 if (parseAssignment(words[ix], &name, &value))
     {
     dimensions->names[dimensions->count]     = name;
     dimensions->subgroups[dimensions->count] = tagEncode(value);
     dimensions->count++;
     }
 }
 return dimensions;
 }
 
 static void dimensionsFree(dimensions_t **dimensions)
 // frees any previously obtained dividers setting
 {
 if (dimensions && *dimensions)
 {
 freeMem((*dimensions)->setting);
 freeMem((*dimensions)->names);
 freeMem((*dimensions)->subgroups);
 freez(dimensions);
 }
 }
 
 #define SUBGROUP_MAX 9
 
 enum filterCompositeType
 // Filter composites are drop-down checkbix-lists for selecting subtracks (eg hg19::HAIB TFBS)
 {
 fctNone=0,      // do not offer filter for this dimension
 fctOne=1,       // filter composite by one or all
 fctOneOnly=2,   // filter composite by only one
 fctMulti=3,     // filter composite by multiselect: all, one or many
 };
 
 typedef struct _members
 {
 int count;
 char * groupTag;
 char * groupTitle;
 char **tags;
 char **titles;
 boolean *selected;
 char * setting;
 int *subtrackCount;              // count of subtracks
 int *currentlyVisible;           // count of visible subtracks
 struct slRef **subtrackList;     // set of subtracks belonging to each subgroup member
 enum filterCompositeType fcType; // fctNone,fctOne,fctMulti
 } members_t;
 
 int subgroupCount(struct trackDb *parentTdb)
 // How many subGroup setting does this parent have?
 {
 int ix;
 int count = 0;
 for (ix=1;ix<=SUBGROUP_MAX;ix++)
 {
 char subGrp[16];
 safef(subGrp, ArraySize(subGrp), "subGroup%d",ix);
 if (trackDbSetting(parentTdb, subGrp) != NULL)
     count++;
 }
 return count;
 }
 
 char * subgroupSettingByTagOrName(struct trackDb *parentTdb, char *groupNameOrTag)
 // look for a subGroup by name (ie subGroup1) or tag (ie view) and return an unallocated char*
 {
 struct trackDb *ancestor;
 for (ancestor = parentTdb; ancestor != NULL; ancestor = ancestor->parent)
 {
 int ix;
 char *setting = NULL;
 if (startsWith("subGroup",groupNameOrTag))
     {
     setting = trackDbSetting(ancestor, groupNameOrTag);
     if (setting != NULL)
 	return setting;
     }
 for (ix=1;ix<=SUBGROUP_MAX;ix++)
     {
     char subGrp[16];
     safef(subGrp, ArraySize(subGrp), "subGroup%d",ix);
     setting = trackDbSetting(ancestor, subGrp);
     if (setting != NULL)  // Doesn't require consecutive subgroups
 	{
 	if (startsWithWord(groupNameOrTag,setting))
 	    return setting;
 	}
     }
 }
 return NULL;
 }
 
 boolean subgroupingExists(struct trackDb *parentTdb, char *groupNameOrTag)
 // Does this parent track contain a particular subgrouping?
 {
 return (subgroupSettingByTagOrName(parentTdb,groupNameOrTag) != NULL);
 }
 
 static members_t *subgroupMembersGet(struct trackDb *parentTdb, char *groupNameOrTag)
 // Parse a subGroup setting line into tag,title, names(optional) and values(optional),
 // returning the count of members or 0
 {
 int ix,count;
 char *setting = subgroupSettingByTagOrName(parentTdb, groupNameOrTag);
 if (setting == NULL)
 return NULL;
 members_t *members = needMem(sizeof(members_t));
 members->setting = cloneString(setting);
 char *words[SMALLBUF];
 count = chopLine(members->setting, words);
 assert(count <= ArraySize(words));
 if (count <= 1)
 {
 freeMem(members->setting);
 freeMem(members);
 return NULL;
 }
 members->groupTag   = words[0];
 members->groupTitle = strSwapChar(words[1],'_',' '); // Titles replace '_' with space
 members->tags       = needMem(count*sizeof(char*));
 members->titles     = needMem(count*sizeof(char*));
 for (ix = 2,members->count=0; ix < count; ix++)
 {
 char *name,*value;
 if (parseAssignment(words[ix], &name, &value))
     {
     members->tags[members->count]  = tagEncode(name);
     members->titles[members->count] = strSwapChar(value,'_',' ');
     members->count++;
     }
 }
 return members;
 }
 
 static int membersSubGroupIx(members_t* members, char *tag)
 // Returns the index of the subgroup within the members struct (or -1)
 {
 int ix = 0;
 for (ix=0;ix<members->count;ix++)
 {
 if (members->tags[ix] != NULL && sameString(members->tags[ix],tag))
     return ix;
 }
 return -1;
 }
 
 
 static void subgroupMembersFree(members_t **members)
 // frees memory for subgroupMembers lists
 {
 if (members && *members)
 {
 // This should only get set through membersForAll which should not be freed.
 if ((*members)->selected != NULL || (*members)->subtrackList != NULL)
     return;
 freeMem((*members)->setting);
 freeMem((*members)->tags);
 freeMem((*members)->titles);
 freez(members);
 }
 }
 
 static members_t *subgroupMembersWeedOutEmpties(struct trackDb *parentTdb, members_t *members,
 					    struct cart *cart)
 // Weed out members of a subgroup without any subtracks, alters memory in place!
 {
 // First tally all subtrack counts
 int ixIn=0;
 struct slRef *subtrackRef, *subtrackRefList =
 				    trackDbListGetRefsToDescendantLeaves(parentTdb->subtracks);
 struct trackDb *subtrack;
 members->subtrackCount    = needMem(members->count * sizeof(int));
 members->currentlyVisible = needMem(members->count * sizeof(int));
 members->subtrackList     = needMem(members->count * sizeof(struct slRef *));
 for (subtrackRef = subtrackRefList; subtrackRef != NULL; subtrackRef = subtrackRef->next)
 {
 subtrack = subtrackRef->val;
 char *belongsTo =NULL;
 if (subgroupFind(subtrack,members->groupTag,&belongsTo))
     {
     if (-1 != (ixIn = stringArrayIx(belongsTo, members->tags, members->count)))
 	{
 	members->subtrackCount[ixIn]++;
 	if (cart && fourStateVisible(subtrackFourStateChecked(subtrack,cart)))
 	    members->currentlyVisible[ixIn]++;
 	refAdd(&(members->subtrackList[ixIn]), subtrack);
 	}
     }
 }
 
 // Now weed out empty subgroup tags.  Can do this in place since new count <= old count
 // NOTE: Don't I wish I had made these as an slList ages ago! (tim)
 int ixOut=0;
 for (ixIn=ixOut;ixIn<members->count;ixIn++)
 {
 if (members->subtrackCount[ixIn] > 0)
     {
     if (ixOut < ixIn)
 	{
 	members->tags[ixOut]             = members->tags[ixIn];
 	members->titles[ixOut]           = members->titles[ixIn];
 	members->subtrackCount[ixOut]    = members->subtrackCount[ixIn];
 	members->currentlyVisible[ixOut] = members->currentlyVisible[ixIn];
 	members->subtrackList[ixOut]     = members->subtrackList[ixIn];
 	if (members->selected != NULL)
 	    members->selected[ixOut]     = members->selected[ixIn];
 	}
     ixOut++;
     }
 else
     {
     members->tags[ixIn]             = NULL;
     members->titles[ixIn]           = NULL;
     members->subtrackCount[ixIn]    = 0;
     members->currentlyVisible[ixIn] = 0;
     //slFreeList(&members->subtrackList[ixIn]);  // No freeing at this moment
     members->subtrackList[ixIn]     = NULL;
     if (members->selected != NULL)
 	members->selected[ixIn]     = FALSE;
     }
 }
 members->count = ixOut;
 
 if (members->count == 0) // No members of this subgroup had a subtrack
 {
 subgroupMembersFree(&members);
 return NULL;
 }
 
 return members;
 }
 
 enum
 {
 dimV=0, // View first
 dimX=1, // X & Y next
 dimY=2,
 dimA=3, // dimA is start of first of the optional non-matrix, non-view dimensions
 };
 
 typedef struct _membersForAll
 {
 int abcCount;
 int dimMax;               // Arrays of "members" structs will be ordered as
 			  //    [view][dimX][dimY][dimA]... with first 3 in fixed spots
 			  //    and rest as found (and non-empty)
 boolean filters;          // ABCs use filterComp boxes (as upposed to check boxes
 dimensions_t *dimensions; // One struct describing "deimensions" setting"
 			  //    (e.g. dimX:cell dimY:antibody dimA:treatment)
 members_t* members[27];   // One struct for each dimension describing groups in dimension
 			  //    (e.g. cell: GM12878,K562)
 char* checkedTags[27];  // FIXME: Should move checkedTags into
 			// membersForAll->members[ix]->selected;
 char letters[27];
 } membersForAll_t;
 
 
 static char* abcMembersChecked(struct trackDb *parentTdb, struct cart *cart, members_t* members,
 			   char letter)
 // returns a string of subGroup tags which are currently checked
 {
 char settingName[SMALLBUF];
 int mIx;
 if (members->selected == NULL)
 members->selected = needMem(members->count * sizeof(boolean));
 safef(settingName, sizeof(settingName), "%s.filterComp.%s",parentTdb->track,members->groupTag);
 struct slName *options = cartOptionalSlNameList(cart,settingName);
 if (options != NULL)
 {
 if (sameWord(options->name,"All")) // filterComp returns "All" meaning every option selected
     {
     slNameFreeList(&options);
     options = slNameListFromStringArray(members->tags, members->count);
     assert(options != NULL);
     }
 struct slName *option;
 for (option=options;option!=NULL;option=option->next)
     {
     mIx = membersSubGroupIx(members, option->name);
     if (mIx >= 0)
 	members->selected[mIx] = TRUE;
     }
 return slNameListToString(options,',');
 }
 struct dyString *currentlyCheckedTags = NULL;
 // Need a string of subGroup tags which are currently checked
 safef(settingName,sizeof(settingName),"dimension%cchecked",letter);
 char *dimCheckedDefaults = trackDbSettingOrDefault(parentTdb,settingName,"All");
 char *checkedDefaults[12];
 int defaultCount = 0;
 if (dimCheckedDefaults != NULL
 && differentWord(dimCheckedDefaults,"All") && differentWord(dimCheckedDefaults,"Any"))
 {
 defaultCount = chopCommas(dimCheckedDefaults, checkedDefaults);
 int dIx = 0;
 for (;dIx < defaultCount;dIx++)
     checkedDefaults[dIx] = tagEncode(checkedDefaults[dIx]); // encode these before compare!
 }                                                      // Will leak, but this is a tiny amount
 for (mIx=0;mIx<members->count;mIx++)
 {
 safef(settingName, sizeof(settingName), "%s.mat_%s_dim%c_cb",
       parentTdb->track,members->tags[mIx],letter);
 members->selected[mIx] = TRUE;
 if (defaultCount > 0)
     members->selected[mIx] =
 	    (-1 != stringArrayIx(members->tags[mIx],checkedDefaults,defaultCount));
 members->selected[mIx] = cartUsualBoolean(cart,settingName,members->selected[mIx]);
 if (members->selected[mIx])
     {
     if (currentlyCheckedTags == NULL)
 	currentlyCheckedTags = dyStringCreate("%s",members->tags[mIx]);
     else
 	dyStringPrintf(currentlyCheckedTags,",%s",members->tags[mIx]);
     }
 }
 if (currentlyCheckedTags)
 return dyStringCannibalize(&currentlyCheckedTags);
 return NULL;
 }
 
 static membersForAll_t *membersForAllSubGroupsWeedOutEmpties(struct trackDb *parentTdb,
 					    membersForAll_t *membersForAll, struct cart *cart)
 // Weed through members, tossing those without subtracks
 {
 // View is always first
 if (membersForAll->members[dimV] != NULL)
 membersForAll->members[dimV] =
 		subgroupMembersWeedOutEmpties(parentTdb, membersForAll->members[dimV],cart);
 
 // X and Y are special
 if (membersForAll->members[dimX] != NULL)
 membersForAll->members[dimX] =
 		subgroupMembersWeedOutEmpties(parentTdb, membersForAll->members[dimX],cart);
 if (membersForAll->members[dimY] != NULL)
 membersForAll->members[dimY] =
 		subgroupMembersWeedOutEmpties(parentTdb, membersForAll->members[dimY],cart);
 
 // Handle the ABC dimensions
 int ixIn,ixOut=dimA;
 for (ixIn=ixOut;ixIn<membersForAll->dimMax;ixIn++)
 {
 if (membersForAll->members[ixIn] != NULL)
     membersForAll->members[ixIn] =
 		subgroupMembersWeedOutEmpties(parentTdb, membersForAll->members[ixIn],cart);
 if (membersForAll->members[ixIn] == NULL)
     membersForAll->checkedTags[ixOut] = NULL;
 else
     {
     if (ixOut < ixIn)  // Collapse if necessary
 	{ // NOTE: Don't I wish I had made these as an slList ages ago! (tim)
 	membersForAll->members[ixOut]     = membersForAll->members[ixIn];
 	membersForAll->checkedTags[ixOut] = membersForAll->checkedTags[ixIn];
 	membersForAll->letters[ixOut]     = membersForAll->letters[ixIn];
 	}
     ixOut++;
     }
 }
 membersForAll->dimMax   = ixOut;
 membersForAll->abcCount = membersForAll->dimMax - dimA;
 
 return membersForAll;
 }
 
 static membersForAll_t* membersForAllSubGroupsGet(struct trackDb *parentTdb, struct cart *cart)
 // Returns all the parents subGroups and members
 {
 membersForAll_t *membersForAll = tdbExtrasMembersForAll(parentTdb);
 if (membersForAll != NULL)
 return membersForAll;  // Already retrieved, so don't do it again
 
 int ix;
 membersForAll = needMem(sizeof(membersForAll_t));
 if (tdbIsCompositeView(parentTdb->subtracks))  // view must have viewInMidle tdb in tree
 membersForAll->members[dimV]=subgroupMembersGet(parentTdb,"view");
 membersForAll->letters[dimV]='V';
 membersForAll->dimMax=dimA;  // This can expand, depending upon ABC dimensions
 membersForAll->dimensions = dimensionSettingsGet(parentTdb);
 if (membersForAll->dimensions != NULL)
 {
 for (ix=0;ix<membersForAll->dimensions->count;ix++)
     {
     char letter = lastChar(membersForAll->dimensions->names[ix]);
     if (letter != 'X' && letter != 'Y')
 	{
 	membersForAll->members[membersForAll->dimMax] =
 		    subgroupMembersGet(parentTdb, membersForAll->dimensions->subgroups[ix]);
 	membersForAll->letters[membersForAll->dimMax] = letter;
 	if (cart != NULL)
 	    membersForAll->checkedTags[membersForAll->dimMax] = abcMembersChecked(
 			parentTdb,cart,membersForAll->members[membersForAll->dimMax],letter);
 	membersForAll->dimMax++;
 	}
     else if (letter == 'X')
 	{
 	membersForAll->members[dimX] =
 		    subgroupMembersGet(parentTdb, membersForAll->dimensions->subgroups[ix]);
 	membersForAll->letters[dimX] = letter;
 	}
     else
 	{
 	membersForAll->members[dimY] =
 		    subgroupMembersGet(parentTdb, membersForAll->dimensions->subgroups[ix]);
 	membersForAll->letters[dimY] = letter;
 	}
     }
 }
 else // No 'dimensions" setting: treat any subGroups as abc dimensions
 {
 char letter = 'A';
 // walk through numbered subgroups
 for (ix=1;ix<SUBGROUP_MAX;ix++)  // how many do we support?
     {
     char group[32];
     safef(group, sizeof group,"subGroup%d",ix);
     char *setting = subgroupSettingByTagOrName(parentTdb, group);
     if (setting != NULL)
 	{
 	char *tag = cloneFirstWord(setting);
 	if (membersForAll->members[dimV] && sameWord(tag,"view"))
 	    continue; // View should have already been handled. NOTE: extremely unlikely case
 	membersForAll->members[membersForAll->dimMax]=subgroupMembersGet(parentTdb, tag);
 	membersForAll->letters[membersForAll->dimMax]=letter;
 	if (cart != NULL)
 	    membersForAll->checkedTags[membersForAll->dimMax] = abcMembersChecked(
 			parentTdb,cart,membersForAll->members[membersForAll->dimMax],letter);
 	membersForAll->dimMax++;
 	letter++;
 	}
     }
 }
 membersForAll->abcCount = membersForAll->dimMax - dimA;
 
 membersForAll = membersForAllSubGroupsWeedOutEmpties(parentTdb, membersForAll, cart);
 
 // NOTE: Dimensions must be defined for filterComposite.  Filter dimensioms are all and only ABCs.
 //       Use dimensionAchecked to define selected
 char *filtering = trackDbSettingOrDefault(parentTdb,"filterComposite",NULL);
 if (filtering && !sameWord(filtering,"off"))
 {
 if (membersForAll->dimensions == NULL)
     errAbort("If 'filterComposite' defined, must define 'dimensions' also.");
 
 membersForAll->filters = TRUE;
 // Default all to multi
 for (ix=dimA;ix<membersForAll->dimMax;ix++)
     {
     if (membersForAll->members[ix] != NULL)
 	membersForAll->members[ix]->fcType = fctMulti;
     }
 if (!sameWord(filtering,"on"))
     {
     // Example tdb setting: "filterComposite on" OR
     //                      "filterComposite dimA=one dimB=multi dimC=onlyOne"
     // FIXME: do we even support anything but multi???
     char *filterGroups[27];
     int count = chopLine(filtering,filterGroups);
     for (ix=0;ix<count;ix++)
 	{
 	char *dim = cloneNextWordByDelimiter(&filterGroups[ix],'=');
 	char letter = lastChar(dim);
 	int abcIx = dimA;
 	for (;abcIx < membersForAll->dimMax && membersForAll->letters[abcIx] != letter;abcIx++)
 	    ; // Advance to correct letter
 	if (abcIx >= membersForAll->dimMax)
 	    errAbort("Invalid 'filterComposite' trackDb setting. Dimension '%s' not found.",
 		     dim);
 	if (sameWord(filterGroups[ix],"one"))
 	    membersForAll->members[abcIx]->fcType = fctOne;
 	else if (sameWord(filterGroups[ix],"onlyOne") || sameWord(filterGroups[ix],"oneOnly"))
 	    membersForAll->members[abcIx]->fcType = fctOneOnly;
 	}
     }
 }
 
 if (cart != NULL) // Only save this if it is fully populated!
 tdbExtrasMembersForAllSet(parentTdb,membersForAll);
 
 return membersForAll;
 }
 
 static int membersForAllFindSubGroupIx(membersForAll_t* membersForAll, char *tag)
 { // Returns the index of the subgroups member struct within membersForAll (or -1)
 int ix = 0;
 for (ix=0;ix<membersForAll->dimMax;ix++)
 {
 if (membersForAll->members[ix] != NULL && sameString(membersForAll->members[ix]->groupTag,tag))
     return ix;
 }
 return -1;
 }
 
 const members_t*membersFindByTag(struct trackDb *parentTdb, char *tag)
 { // Uses membersForAll which may be in tdbExtraCache.  Do not free
 membersForAll_t* membersForAll = membersForAllSubGroupsGet(parentTdb,NULL);
 if (membersForAll == NULL)
 return NULL;
 
 int ix = membersForAllFindSubGroupIx(membersForAll,tag);
 if (ix >= 0)
 return membersForAll->members[ix];
 return NULL;
 }
 
 static void membersForAllSubGroupsFree(struct trackDb *parentTdb,
 				   membersForAll_t** membersForAllPtr)
 // frees memory for membersForAllSubGroups struct
 {
 if (membersForAllPtr && *membersForAllPtr)
 {
 if (parentTdb != NULL)
     {
     if (*membersForAllPtr == tdbExtrasMembersForAll(parentTdb))
 	return;  // Don't free something saved to the tdbExtras!
     }
 membersForAll_t* membersForAll = *membersForAllPtr;
 subgroupMembersFree(&(membersForAll->members[dimX]));
 subgroupMembersFree(&(membersForAll->members[dimY]));
 subgroupMembersFree(&(membersForAll->members[dimV]));
 int ix;
 for (ix=dimA;ix<membersForAll->dimMax;ix++)
     {
     //ASSERT(membersForAll->members[ix] != NULL);
     subgroupMembersFree(&(membersForAll->members[ix]));
     if (membersForAll->checkedTags[ix])
 	freeMem(membersForAll->checkedTags[ix]);
     }
 dimensionsFree(&(membersForAll->dimensions));
 freez(membersForAllPtr);
 }
 }
 
 int multViewCount(struct trackDb *parentTdb)
 // returns the number of multiView views declared
 {
 char *setting = subgroupSettingByTagOrName(parentTdb,"view");
 if (setting == NULL)
 return 0;
 
 setting = cloneString(setting);
 int cnt;
 char *words[32];
 cnt = chopLine(setting, words);
 freeMem(setting);
 return (cnt - 1);
 }
 
 typedef struct _membership
 {
 int count;
 char **subgroups;  // Ary of Tags in parentTdb->subGroupN and in childTdb->subGroups (ie view)
 char **membership; // Ary of Tags of subGroups that child belongs to (ie PK)
 char **titles;     // Ary of Titles of subGroups a child belongs to (ie Peak)
 char * setting;
 } membership_t;
 
 static membership_t *subgroupMembershipGet(struct trackDb *childTdb)
 // gets all the subgroup membership for a child track
 {
 membership_t *membership = tdbExtrasMembership(childTdb);
 if (membership != NULL)
 return membership;  // Already retrieved, so don't do it again
 
 membership = needMem(sizeof(membership_t));
 membership->setting = cloneString(trackDbSetting(childTdb, "subGroups"));
 if (membership->setting == NULL)
 {
 freeMem(membership);
 return NULL;
 }
 
 int ix,cnt;
 char *words[SMALLBUF];
 cnt = chopLine(membership->setting, words);
 assert(cnt <= ArraySize(words));
 if (cnt <= 0)
 {
 freeMem(membership->setting);
 freeMem(membership);
 return NULL;
 }
 membership->subgroups  = needMem(cnt*sizeof(char*));
 membership->membership = needMem(cnt*sizeof(char*));
 membership->titles     = needMem(cnt*sizeof(char*));
 for (ix = 0,membership->count=0; ix < cnt; ix++)
 {
 char *name,*value;
 if (parseAssignment(words[ix], &name, &value))
     {
     membership->subgroups[membership->count]  = name;
     membership->membership[membership->count] = tagEncode(value);
 						// tags will be used as classes by js
     members_t* members = subgroupMembersGet(childTdb->parent, name);
     membership->titles[membership->count] = NULL; // default
     if (members != NULL)
 	{
 	int ix2 = stringArrayIx(membership->membership[membership->count],members->tags,
 				members->count);
 	if (ix2 != -1)
 	    membership->titles[membership->count] =
 				    strSwapChar(cloneString(members->titles[ix2]),'_',' ');
 	subgroupMembersFree(&members);
 	}
     membership->count++;
     }
 }
 tdbExtrasMembershipSet(childTdb,membership);
 return membership;
 }
 
 
 static boolean membershipInAllCurrentABCs(membership_t *membership,membersForAll_t*membersForAll)
 // looks for a match between a membership set and ABC dimensions currently checked
 {
 int mIx,aIx,tIx;
 for (aIx = dimA; aIx < membersForAll->dimMax; aIx++)  // for each ABC subGroup
 {
 assert(membersForAll->members[aIx]->selected);
 
 // must find atleast one selected tag that we have membership in
 boolean matched = FALSE;
 for (mIx = 0; mIx <membersForAll->members[aIx]->count;mIx++) // for each tag of that subgroup
     {
     if (membersForAll->members[aIx]->selected[mIx])  // The particular subgroup tag is selected
 	{
 	for (tIx=0;tIx<membership->count;tIx++)  // what we are members of
 	    {
 	    // subTrack belongs to subGroup and tags match
 	    if (sameString(membersForAll->members[aIx]->groupTag, membership->subgroups[tIx])
 	    &&   sameWord(membersForAll->members[aIx]->tags[mIx],membership->membership[tIx]))
 		{
 		matched = TRUE;
 		break;
 		}
 	    }
 	}
     }
 if (!matched)
     return FALSE;
 }
 return TRUE; // passed all tests so must be on all
 }
 
 char *compositeGroupLabel(struct trackDb *tdb, char *group, char *id)
 // Given ID from group, return corresponding label,  looking through parent's subGroupN's
 // Given group ID, return group label,  looking through parent's subGroupN's
 {
 members_t *members = subgroupMembersGet(tdb, group);
 char *result = NULL;
 int i;
 for (i=0; i<members->count; ++i)
 {
 if (sameString(members->tags[i], id))
     result = cloneString(members->titles[i]);
 }
 subgroupMembersFree(&members);
 return result;
 }
 
 char *compositeGroupId(struct trackDb *tdb, char *group, char *label)
 // Given label, return id,  looking through parent's subGroupN's
 {
 members_t *members = subgroupMembersGet(tdb, group);
 char *result = NULL;
 int i;
 for (i=0; i<members->count; ++i)
 {
 if (sameString(members->titles[i], label))
     result = cloneString(members->tags[i]);
 }
 subgroupMembersFree(&members);
 return result;
 }
 
 
 static boolean subtrackInAllCurrentABCs(struct trackDb *childTdb,membersForAll_t*membersForAll)
 // looks for a match between a membership set and ABC dimensions currently checked
 {
 membership_t *membership = subgroupMembershipGet(childTdb);
 if (membership == NULL)
 return FALSE;
 boolean found = membershipInAllCurrentABCs(membership,membersForAll);
 return found;
 }
 
 
 boolean subgroupFind(struct trackDb *childTdb, char *name,char **value)
 // looks for a single tag in a child track's subGroups setting
 {
 if (value != NULL)
 *value = NULL;
 membership_t *membership = subgroupMembershipGet(childTdb);
 if (membership != NULL)
 {
 int ix;
 for (ix=0;ix<membership->count;ix++)
     {
     if (sameString(name,membership->subgroups[ix]))
 	{
 	if (value != NULL)
 	    *value = cloneString(membership->membership[ix]);
 	return TRUE;
 	}
     }
 }
 return FALSE;
 }
 
 static char *subtrackColorToCompare(struct trackDb *subtrack)
 /* Convert RGB color to string with scaled hue, suitable for alpha sort */
 {
 struct rgbColor rgbColor;
 rgbColor.r = subtrack->colorR;
 rgbColor.g = subtrack->colorG;
 rgbColor.b = subtrack->colorB;
 struct hslColor hslColor = mgRgbToHsl(rgbColor);
 int hue = hslColor.h * 10;
 char buf[5];
 safef(buf, 5, "%04d", hue);
 return cloneString(buf);
 }
 
 boolean subgroupFindTitle(struct trackDb *parentTdb, char *name,char **value)
 // looks for a a subgroup matching the name and returns the title if found
 {
 if (value != (void*)NULL)
 *value = NULL;
 members_t*members=subgroupMembersGet(parentTdb, name);
 //const members_t *members = membersFindByTag(parentTdb,name);
 //                           Can't use because of dimension dependence
 if (members==NULL)
 return FALSE;
 *value = cloneString(members->groupTitle);
 //subgroupMembersFree(&members);
 return TRUE;
 }
 
 void subgroupFree(char **value)
 // frees subgroup memory
 {
 if (value && *value)
 freez(value);
 }
 
 boolean subgroupRequired(char *value)
 /* Returns whether subgroup much be specified for each track.
 * Generally true.  Exceptions are specially defined subgroups */
 {
 return differentString(SUBTRACK_COLOR_SUBGROUP, value);
 }
 
 #define SORT_ON_TRACK_NAME "trackName"
 #define SORT_ON_RESTRICTED "dateUnrestricted"
 
 sortOrder_t *sortOrderGet(struct cart *cart,struct trackDb *parentTdb)
 // Parses any list sort order instructions for parent of subtracks (from cart or trackDb)
 // Some trickiness here.  sortOrder->sortOrder is from cart (changed by user action),
 // as is sortOrder->order, But columns are in original tdb order (unchanging)!
 // However, if cart is null, all is from trackDb.ra
 {
 int ix;
 char *setting = trackDbSetting(parentTdb, "sortOrder");
 if (setting == NULL) // Must be in trackDb or not a sortable table
 return NULL;
 
 sortOrder_t *sortOrder = needMem(sizeof(sortOrder_t));
 sortOrder->htmlId = needMem(strlen(parentTdb->track)+15);
 safef(sortOrder->htmlId, (strlen(parentTdb->track)+15), "%s.sortOrder", parentTdb->track);
 char *cartSetting = NULL;
 if (cart != NULL)
 cartSetting = cartCgiUsualString(cart, sortOrder->htmlId, setting);
 // If setting is bigger than cartSetting, then it may be due to a trackDb change
 if (cart != NULL && strlen(cartSetting) > strlen(setting))
 sortOrder->sortOrder = cloneString(cartSetting);  // cart order
 else
 sortOrder->sortOrder = cloneString(setting);      // old cart value is abandoned!
 
 /* parse setting into sortOrder */
 sortOrder->setting = cloneString(setting);
 sortOrder->count   = chopByWhite(sortOrder->setting,NULL,0);  // Get size
 if (cart && !stringIn(SORT_ON_TRACK_NAME,setting))
 sortOrder->count += 1;
 if (cart && !stringIn(SORT_ON_RESTRICTED,setting))
 sortOrder->count += 1;
 sortOrder->column  = needMem(sortOrder->count*sizeof(char*));
 int foundColumns = chopByWhite(sortOrder->setting, sortOrder->column,sortOrder->count);
 sortOrder->title   = needMem(sortOrder->count*sizeof(char*));
 sortOrder->forward = needMem(sortOrder->count*sizeof(boolean));
 sortOrder->order   = needMem(sortOrder->count*sizeof(int));
 if (cart && foundColumns < sortOrder->count)
 {
 int columnCount = foundColumns;
 int size = 0;
 char *moreOrder = NULL;
 if (cart && columnCount < sortOrder->count && !stringIn(SORT_ON_TRACK_NAME,setting))
     {
     assert(sortOrder->column[columnCount] == NULL);
     sortOrder->column[columnCount] = cloneString(SORT_ON_TRACK_NAME "=+");
     if (!stringIn(SORT_ON_TRACK_NAME,sortOrder->sortOrder))
 	{                                                                    // little bit more
 	size = strlen(sortOrder->sortOrder) + strlen(sortOrder->column[columnCount]) + 5;
 	moreOrder = needMem(size);
 	safef(moreOrder,size,"%s %s",sortOrder->sortOrder, sortOrder->column[columnCount]);
 	freeMem(sortOrder->sortOrder);
 	sortOrder->sortOrder = moreOrder;
 	}
     columnCount++;
     }
 if (cart && columnCount < sortOrder->count && !stringIn(SORT_ON_RESTRICTED,setting))
     {
     assert(sortOrder->column[columnCount] == NULL);
     sortOrder->column[columnCount] = cloneString(SORT_ON_RESTRICTED "=+");
     if (!stringIn(SORT_ON_RESTRICTED,sortOrder->sortOrder))
 	{
 	size = strlen(sortOrder->sortOrder) + strlen(sortOrder->column[columnCount]) + 5;
 	moreOrder = needMem(size);
 	safef(moreOrder,size,"%s %s",sortOrder->sortOrder, sortOrder->column[columnCount]);
 	freeMem(sortOrder->sortOrder);
 	sortOrder->sortOrder = moreOrder;
 	}
     columnCount++;
     }
 }
 for (ix = 0; ix<sortOrder->count; ix++)
 {
 strSwapChar(sortOrder->column[ix],'=',0);  // Don't want 'CEL=+' but 'CEL' and '+'
 // find tdb substr in cart current order string
 char *pos = stringIn(sortOrder->column[ix], sortOrder->sortOrder);
 //assert(pos != NULL && pos[strlen(sortOrder->column[ix])] == '=');
 if (pos != NULL && pos[strlen(sortOrder->column[ix])] == '=')
     {
     int ord=1;
     char* pos2 = sortOrder->sortOrder;
     for (;*pos2 && pos2 < pos;pos2++)
 	{
 	if (*pos2 == '=') // Discovering sort order in cart
 	    ord++;
 	}
     sortOrder->forward[ix] = (pos[strlen(sortOrder->column[ix]) + 1] == '+');
     sortOrder->order[ix] = ord;
     }
 else  // give up on cartSetting
     {
     sortOrder->forward[ix] = TRUE;
     sortOrder->order[ix] = ix+1;
     }
 if (ix < foundColumns)
     {
     subgroupFindTitle(parentTdb,sortOrder->column[ix],&(sortOrder->title[ix]));
     }
 }
 return sortOrder;  // NOTE cloneString:words[0]==*sortOrder->column[0]
 }                  // and will be freed when sortOrder is freed
 
 void sortOrderFree(sortOrder_t **sortOrder)
 // frees any previously obtained sortOrder settings
 {
 if (sortOrder && *sortOrder)
 {
 int ix;
 for (ix=0;ix<(*sortOrder)->count;ix++) { subgroupFree(&((*sortOrder)->title[ix])); }
 freeMem((*sortOrder)->sortOrder);
 freeMem((*sortOrder)->htmlId);
 freeMem((*sortOrder)->column);
 freeMem((*sortOrder)->forward);
 freeMem((*sortOrder)->order);
 freeMem((*sortOrder)->setting);
 freez(sortOrder);
 }
 }
 
 
 
 
 sortableTdbItem *sortableTdbItemCreate(struct trackDb *tdbChild,sortOrder_t *sortOrder)
 // creates a sortable tdb item struct, given a child tdb and its parent's sort table
 // Errors in interpreting a passed in sortOrder will return NULL
 {
 sortableTdbItem *item = NULL;
 if (tdbChild == NULL || tdbChild->shortLabel == NULL)
 return NULL;
 AllocVar(item);
 item->tdb = tdbChild;
 if (sortOrder != NULL)   // Add some sort buttons
 {
 int sIx=0;
 for (sIx=sortOrder->count - 1;sIx>=0;sIx--) // walk backwards to ensure sort order in columns
     {
     sortColumn *column = NULL;
     AllocVar(column);
     column->fwd = sortOrder->forward[sIx];
     char *col = sortOrder->column[sIx];
     if (!subgroupFind(item->tdb, col, &(column->value)))
 	{
 	if (sameString(col, SUBTRACK_COLOR_SUBGROUP))
 	    {
 	    // convert RGB color to hue so alpha sort can compare
 	    column->value = subtrackColorToCompare(tdbChild);
 	    }
 	else
 	    {
 	    char *setting = trackDbSetting(item->tdb,col);
 	    if (setting != NULL)
 		column->value = cloneString(setting);
 	    // No subgroup, assume there is a matching setting (eg longLabel)
 	    }
 	}
     if (column->value != NULL)
 	slAddHead(&(item->columns), column);
     else
 	{
 	freez(&column);
 	if (item->columns != NULL)
 	    slFreeList(&(item->columns));
 	freeMem(item);
 	return NULL; // sortOrder setting doesn't match items to be sorted.
 	}
     }
 }
 return item;
 }
 
 static int sortableTdbItemsCmp(const void *va, const void *vb)
 // Compare two sortable tdb items based upon sort columns.
 {
 const sortableTdbItem *a = *((sortableTdbItem **)va);
 const sortableTdbItem *b = *((sortableTdbItem **)vb);
 sortColumn *colA = a->columns;
 sortColumn *colB = b->columns;
 int compared = 0;
 for (;compared==0 && colA!=NULL && colB!=NULL;colA=colA->next,colB=colB->next)
 {
 if (colA->value != NULL && colB->value != NULL)
     compared = strcmp(colA->value, colB->value) * (colA->fwd? 1: -1);
 }
 if (compared != 0)
 return compared;
 
 return strcasecmp(a->tdb->shortLabel, b->tdb->shortLabel); // Last chance
 }
 
 void sortTdbItemsAndUpdatePriorities(sortableTdbItem **items)
 // sort items in list and then update priorities of item tdbs
 {
 if (items != NULL && *items != NULL)
 {
 slSort(items, sortableTdbItemsCmp);
 int priority=1;
 sortableTdbItem *item;
 for (item = *items; item != NULL; item = item->next)
     item->tdb->priority = (float)priority++;
 }
 }
 
 void sortableTdbItemsFree(sortableTdbItem **items)
 // Frees all memory associated with a list of sortable tdb items
 {
 if (items != NULL && *items != NULL)
 {
 sortableTdbItem *item;
 for (item = *items; item != NULL; item = item->next)
     {
     sortColumn *column;
     for (column = item->columns; column != NULL; column = column->next)
 	freeMem(column->value);
     slFreeList(&(item->columns));
     }
 slFreeList(items);
 }
 }
 
 static boolean colonPairToStrings(char * colonPair,char **first,char **second)
 // Will set *first and *second to NULL.  Must free any string returned!
 // No colon: value goes to *first
 {
 if (first)
 *first =NULL; // default to NULL !
 if (second)
 *second=NULL;
 if (colonPair != NULL)
 {
 if (strchr(colonPair,':'))
     {
     if (second)
 	*second = cloneString(strchr(colonPair,':') + 1);
     if (first)
 	*first = strSwapChar(cloneString(colonPair),':',0);
     }
 else if (first)
     *first = cloneString(colonPair);
 return (*first != NULL || *second != NULL);
 }
 return FALSE;
 }
 
 static boolean colonPairToInts(char * colonPair,int *first,int *second)
 { // Non-destructive. Only sets values if found. No colon: value goes to *first
 char *a=NULL;
 char *b=NULL;
 if (colonPairToStrings(colonPair,&a,&b))
 {
 if (a!=NULL)
     {
     if (first)
 	*first = atoi(a);
     freeMem(a);
     }
 if (b!=NULL)
     {
     if (second)
 	*second = atoi(b);
     freeMem(b);
     }
 return TRUE;
 }
 return FALSE;
 }
 
 static boolean colonPairToDoubles(char * colonPair,double *first,double *second)
 { // Non-destructive. Only sets values if found. No colon: value goes to *first
 char *a=NULL;
 char *b=NULL;
 if (colonPairToStrings(colonPair,&a,&b))
 {
 if (a!=NULL)
     {
     if (first)
 	*first = strtod(a,NULL);
     freeMem(a);
     }
 if (b!=NULL)
     {
     if (second)
 	*second = strtod(b,NULL);
     freeMem(b);
     }
 return TRUE;
 }
 return FALSE;
 }
 
 filterBy_t *filterBySetGetGuts(struct trackDb *tdb, struct cart *cart, char *name, char *subName, char *settingName)
 // Gets one or more "filterBy" settings (ClosestToHome).  returns NULL if not found
 {
 filterBy_t *filterBySet = NULL;
 
 char *setting = trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, settingName);
 if(setting == NULL)
 return NULL;
 if ( name == NULL )
 name = tdb->track;
 
 setting = cloneString(setting);
 char *filters[10];
 // multiple filterBys are delimited by space but spaces inside filter can be protected "by quotes"
 int filterCount = chopByWhiteRespectDoubleQuotes(setting, filters, ArraySize(filters));
 int ix;
 for (ix=0;ix<filterCount;ix++)
 {
 char *filter = cloneString(filters[ix]);
 filterBy_t *filterBy;
 AllocVar(filterBy);
 char *first = strchr(filter,':');
 if (first != NULL)
     *first = '\0';
 else
     errAbort("filterBySetGet() expected ':' divider between table column and label: %s", filters[ix]);
 filterBy->column = filter;
 filter += strlen(filter) + 1;
 first = strchr(filter,'=');
 if (first != NULL)
     *first = '\0';
 else
     errAbort("filterBySetGet() expected '=' divider between table column and options list: %s", filters[ix]);
 filterBy->title = strSwapChar(filter,'_',' '); // Title does not have underscores
 filter += strlen(filter) + 1;
 
 // Are values indexes to the string titles?
 if (filter[0] == '+')
     {
     filter += 1;
     filterBy->useIndex = TRUE;
     }
 
 // Now set up each of the values which may have 1-3 parts (value|label{style})
 // the slName list will have the 3 parts delimited by null value\0label\0style\0
 stripString(filter, "\"");  // Remove any double quotes now and chop by commmas
 filterBy->slValues = slNameListFromComma(filter);
 struct slName *val = filterBy->slValues;
 for (;val!=NULL;val=val->next)
     {
     // chip the style off the end of value or value|label
     char *chipper = strrchr(val->name,'{');
     if (chipper != NULL)
 	{
 	if (val == filterBy->slValues) // First one
 	    {
 	    filterBy->styleFollows = (lastChar(chipper) == '}');
 	    if (filterBy->styleFollows == FALSE) // Must be closed at the end of the string or
 		filterBy->styleFollows = (*(chipper + 1) == '#'); // Legacy: color only
 	    }
 	if (filterBy->styleFollows == FALSE)
 	    errAbort("filterBy values either all end in {CSS style} or none do.");
 	*chipper++ = 0;  // delimit by null
 	char *end = chipper + (strlen(chipper) - 1);
 	if (*end == '}')
 	    *end = 0;
 	else if (*(chipper + 1) != '#') // Legacy: Could be color only definition
 	    errAbort("filterBy values ending in style must be enclosed in {curly brackets}.");
 	}
     else if (filterBy->styleFollows)
 	errAbort("filterBy values either all end in {CSS style} or none do.");
 
     if (filterBy->useIndex)
 	strSwapChar(val->name,'_',' '); // value is a label so swap underscores
     else
 	{
 	// now chip the label off the end of value name
 	chipper =strchr(val->name,'|');
 	if (chipper != NULL)
 	    {
 	    if (val == filterBy->slValues) // First one
 		filterBy->valueAndLabel = TRUE;
 	    if (filterBy->valueAndLabel == FALSE)
 		errAbort("filterBy values either all have labels (as value|label) "
 			 "or none do.");
 	    *chipper++ = 0;  // The label is found inside filters->svValues as the next string
 	    strSwapChar(chipper,'_',' '); // Title does not have underscores
 	    }
 	else if (filterBy->valueAndLabel)
 	    errAbort("filterBy values either all have labels in form of value|label "
 		     "or none do.");
 	}
     }
 
 slAddTail(&filterBySet,filterBy); // Keep them in order (only a few)
 
 if (cart != NULL)
     {
     char suffix[256];
     safef(suffix, sizeof(suffix), "%s.%s", subName, filterBy->column);
     boolean parentLevel = isNameAtParentLevel(tdb,name);
     if (cartLookUpVariableClosestToHome(cart,tdb,parentLevel,suffix,&(filterBy->htmlName)))
 	{
 	filterBy->slChoices = cartOptionalSlNameList(cart,filterBy->htmlName);
 	freeMem(filterBy->htmlName);
 	}
     }
 
 // Note: cannot use found name above because that may be at a higher (composite/view) level
 int len = strlen(name) + strlen(filterBy->column) + 15;
 filterBy->htmlName = needMem(len);
 safef(filterBy->htmlName, len, "%s.%s.%s", name,subName,filterBy->column);
 }
 freeMem(setting);
 
 return filterBySet;
 }
 
 filterBy_t *filterBySetGet(struct trackDb *tdb, struct cart *cart, char *name)
 /* Gets one or more "filterBy" settings (ClosestToHome).  returns NULL if not found */
 {
 return filterBySetGetGuts(tdb, cart, name, "filterBy", FILTER_BY);
 }
 
 filterBy_t *highlightBySetGet(struct trackDb *tdb, struct cart *cart, char *name)
 /* Gets one or more "highlightBy" settings (ClosestToHome).  returns NULL if not found */
 {
 return filterBySetGetGuts(tdb, cart, name, "highlightBy", HIGHLIGHT_BY);
 }
 
 void filterBySetFree(filterBy_t **filterBySet)
 // Free a set of filterBy structs
 {
 if (filterBySet != NULL)
 {
 while (*filterBySet != NULL)
     {
     filterBy_t *filterBy = slPopHead(filterBySet);
     if (filterBy->slValues != NULL)
 	slNameFreeList(filterBy->slValues);
     if (filterBy->slChoices != NULL)
 	slNameFreeList(filterBy->slChoices);
     if (filterBy->htmlName != NULL)
 	freeMem(filterBy->htmlName);
     freeMem(filterBy->column);
     freeMem(filterBy);
     }
 }
 }
 
 static char *filterByClauseStd(filterBy_t *filterBy)
 // returns the SQL where clause for a single filterBy struct in the standard cases
 {
 int count = slCount(filterBy->slChoices);
 struct dyString *dyClause = newDyString(256);
 dyStringAppend(dyClause, sqlCkId(filterBy->column));
 if (count == 1)
 dyStringPrintf(dyClause, " = ");
 else
 dyStringPrintf(dyClause, " in (");
 
 struct slName *slChoice = NULL;
 boolean first = TRUE;
 for (slChoice = filterBy->slChoices;slChoice != NULL;slChoice=slChoice->next)
 {
 if (!first)
     dyStringAppend(dyClause, ",");
 first = FALSE;
 if (filterBy->useIndex)
     dyStringAppend(dyClause, slChoice->name); // a number converted to a string
 else
     sqlDyStringPrintf(dyClause, "\"%s\"",slChoice->name);
 }
 if (dyStringLen(dyClause) == 0)
 {
 dyStringFree(&dyClause);
 return NULL;
 }
 if (count > 1)
 dyStringPrintf(dyClause, ")");
 
 return dyStringCannibalize(&dyClause);
 }
 
 char *filterByClause(filterBy_t *filterBy)
 // returns the SQL where clause for a single filterBy struct
 {
 if (filterByAllChosen(filterBy))
 return NULL;
 else
 return filterByClauseStd(filterBy);
 }
 
 struct dyString *dyAddFilterByClause(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb,
 				 struct dyString *extraWhere,char *column, boolean *and)
 // creates the where clause condition to support a filterBy setting.
 // Format: filterBy column:Title=value,value [column:Title=value|label,value|label,value|label])
 // filterBy filters are multiselect's so could have multiple values selected.
 // thus returns the "column1 in (...) and column2 in (...)" clause.
 // if 'column' is provided, and there are multiple filterBy columns, only the named column's
 // clause is returned.
 // The 'and' param and dyString in/out allows stringing multiple where clauses together
 {
 filterBy_t *filterBySet = filterBySetGet(tdb, cart,NULL);
 if (filterBySet== NULL)
 return extraWhere;
 
 filterBy_t *filterBy = filterBySet;
 for (;filterBy != NULL; filterBy = filterBy->next)
 {
 if (column != NULL && differentString(column,filterBy->column))
     continue;
 
 char *clause = filterByClause(filterBy);
 if (clause != NULL)
     {
     if (*and)
 	dyStringPrintf(extraWhere, " AND ");
     dyStringAppend(extraWhere, clause);
     freeMem(clause);
     *and = TRUE;
     }
 }
 filterBySetFree(&filterBySet);
 return extraWhere;
 }
 
 char *filterBySetClause(filterBy_t *filterBySet)
 // returns the "column1 in (...) and column2 in (...)" clause for a set of filterBy structs
 {
 struct dyString *dyClause = newDyString(256);
 boolean notFirst = FALSE;
 filterBy_t *filterBy = NULL;
 
 for (filterBy = filterBySet;filterBy != NULL; filterBy = filterBy->next)
 {
 char *clause = filterByClause(filterBy);
 if (clause != NULL)
     {
     if (notFirst)
 	dyStringPrintf(dyClause, " AND ");
     dyStringAppend(dyClause, clause);
     freeMem(clause);
     notFirst = TRUE;
     }
 }
 if (dyStringLen(dyClause) == 0)
 {
 dyStringFree(&dyClause);
 return NULL;
 }
 return dyStringCannibalize(&dyClause);
 }
 
 void filterBySetCfgUiOption(filterBy_t *filterBy, struct slName *slValue, int ix)
 /* output one option for filterBy UI  */
 {
 char varName[32];
 char *label = NULL;
 char *name = NULL;
 if (filterBy->useIndex)
 {
 safef(varName, sizeof(varName), "%d",ix);
 name = varName;
 label = slValue->name;
 }
 else
 {
 label = (filterBy->valueAndLabel? slValue->name + strlen(slValue->name)+1: slValue->name);
 name = slValue->name;
 }
 printf("<OPTION");
 if (filterBy->slChoices != NULL && slNameInList(filterBy->slChoices,name))
 printf(" SELECTED");
 if (filterBy->useIndex || filterBy->valueAndLabel)
 printf(" value='%s'",name);
 if (filterBy->styleFollows)
 {
 char *styler = label + strlen(label)+1;
 if (*styler != '\0')
     {
     if (*styler == '#') // Legacy: just the color that follows
 	printf(" style='color: %s;'",styler);
     else
 	printf(" style='%s'",styler);
     }
 }
 printf(">%s</OPTION>\n",label);
 }
 
 void filterBySetCfgUiGuts(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb,
 		      filterBy_t *filterBySet, boolean onOneLine,
 		      char *filterTypeTitle, char *selectIdPrefix, char *allLabel)
 // Does the UI for a list of filterBy structure for either filterBy or highlightBy controls
 {
 if (filterBySet == NULL)
 return;
 
 #define FILTERBY_HELP_LINK "<A HREF=\"../goldenPath/help/multiView.html\" TARGET=ucscHelp>help</A>"
 int count = slCount(filterBySet);
 if (count == 1)
 puts("<TABLE cellpadding=3><TR valign='top'>");
 else
 printf("<B>%s items by:</B> (select multiple categories and items - %s)"
        "<TABLE cellpadding=3><TR valign='top'>\n",filterTypeTitle,FILTERBY_HELP_LINK);
 
 filterBy_t *filterBy = NULL;
 if (cartOptionalString(cart, "ajax") == NULL)
 {
 webIncludeResourceFile("ui.dropdownchecklist.css");
 jsIncludeFile("ui.dropdownchecklist.js",NULL);
 jsIncludeFile("ddcl.js",NULL);
 }
 
 int ix=0;
 for(filterBy = filterBySet;filterBy != NULL; filterBy = filterBy->next, ix++)
 {
 puts("<TD>");
 if(count == 1)
     printf("<B>%s by %s</B> (select multiple items - %s)",filterTypeTitle,filterBy->title,FILTERBY_HELP_LINK);
 else
     printf("<B>%s</B>",filterBy->title);
 printf("<BR>\n");
 
 // TODO: columnCount (Number of filterBoxes per row) should be configurable through tdb setting
 #define FILTER_BY_FORMAT "<SELECT id='%s%d' name='%s' multiple style='display: none; font-size:.9em;' class='filterBy'><BR>\n"
 printf(FILTER_BY_FORMAT,selectIdPrefix,ix,filterBy->htmlName);
 
 // value is always "All", even if label is different, to simplify javascript code
 printf("<OPTION%s value=\"All\">%s</OPTION>\n", (filterByAllChosen(filterBy)?" SELECTED":""), allLabel);
 struct slName *slValue;
 
 int ix=1;
 for (slValue=filterBy->slValues;slValue!=NULL;slValue=slValue->next,ix++)
     {
     char varName[32];
     char *label = NULL;
     char *name = NULL;
     if (filterBy->useIndex)
 	{
 	safef(varName, sizeof(varName), "%d",ix);
 	name = varName;
 	label = slValue->name;
 	}
     else
 	{
 	label = (filterBy->valueAndLabel ? slValue->name + strlen(slValue->name)+1
 					 : slValue->name);
 	name = slValue->name;
 	}
     printf("<OPTION");
     if (filterBy->slChoices != NULL && slNameInList(filterBy->slChoices,name))
 	printf(" SELECTED");
     if (filterBy->useIndex || filterBy->valueAndLabel)
 	printf(" value='%s'",name);
     if (filterBy->styleFollows)
 	{
 	char *styler = label + strlen(label)+1;
 	if (*styler != '\0')
 	    {
 	    if (*styler == '#') // Legacy: just the color that follows
 		printf(" style='color: %s;'",styler);
 	    else
 		printf(" style='%s'",styler);
 	    }
 	}
     printf(">%s</OPTION>\n",label);
     }
 }
 printf("</SELECT>\n");
 
 puts("</TR></TABLE>");
 }
 
 void filterBySetCfgUi(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb,
 		  filterBy_t *filterBySet, boolean onOneLine)
 /* Does the filter UI for a list of filterBy structure */
 {
 filterBySetCfgUiGuts(cart, tdb, filterBySet, onOneLine, "Filter", "fbc", "All");
 }
 
 void highlightBySetCfgUi(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb,
 		     filterBy_t *filterBySet, boolean onOneLine)
 /* Does the highlight UI for a list of filterBy structure */
 {
 filterBySetCfgUiGuts(cart, tdb, filterBySet, onOneLine, "Highlight", "hbc", "None");
 }
 
 #define COLOR_BG_DEFAULT_IX     0
 #define COLOR_BG_ALTDEFAULT_IX  1
 #define DIVIDING_LINE "<TR valign=\"CENTER\" line-height=\"1\" BGCOLOR=\"%s\"><TH colspan=\"5\" " \
 		  "align=\"CENTER\"><hr noshade color=\"%s\" width=\"100%%\"></TD></TR>\n"
 #define DIVIDER_PRINT(color) printf(DIVIDING_LINE,COLOR_BG_DEFAULT,(color))
 
 static char *checkBoxIdMakeForTrack(struct trackDb *tdb,members_t** dims,int dimMax,
 				membership_t *membership)
 // Creates an 'id' string for subtrack checkbox in style that matrix understand:
 //     "cb_dimX_dimY_view_cb"
 {
 int len = strlen(tdb->track) + 10;
 char *id = needMem(len);
 safef(id,len,"%s_sel",tdb->track);
 return id;
 }
 
 static void checkBoxIdFree(char**id)
 // Frees 'id' string 
 {
 if (id && *id)
 freez(id);
 }
 
 static boolean divisionIfNeeded(char **lastDivide,dividers_t *dividers,membership_t *membership)
 // Keeps track of location within subtracks in order to provide requested division lines
 {
 boolean division = FALSE;
 if (dividers)
 {
 if (lastDivide != NULL)
     {
     int ix;
     for (ix=0;ix<dividers->count;ix++)
 	{
 	int sIx = stringArrayIx(dividers->subgroups[ix],membership->subgroups,
 				membership->count);
 	if ((lastDivide[ix] == (void*)NULL && sIx >= 0)
 	||  (lastDivide[ix] != (void*)NULL && sIx <  0)
 	||  (strcmp(lastDivide[ix],membership->membership[sIx]) != 0) )
 	    {
 	    division = TRUE;
 	    if (lastDivide[ix] != (void*)NULL)
 		freeMem(lastDivide[ix]);
 	    lastDivide[ix] = (sIx<0 ? (void*)NULL : cloneString(membership->membership[sIx]));
 	    }
 	}
     }
 //if (division)
 //    DIVIDER_PRINT(COLOR_DARKGREEN);
 }
 return division;
 }
 
 static void indentIfNeeded(hierarchy_t*hierarchy,membership_t *membership)
 // inserts any needed indents
 {
 int indent = 0;
 if (hierarchy && hierarchy->count>0)
 {
 int ix;
 for (ix=0;ix<membership->count;ix++)
     {
     int iIx = stringArrayIx(membership->membership[ix], hierarchy->membership,
 			    hierarchy->count);
     if (iIx >= 0)
 	{
 	indent = hierarchy->indents[iIx];
 	break;  // Only one
 	}
     }
 }
 for (;indent>0;indent--)
 puts("&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;");
 }
 
 // FIXME FIXME Should be able to use membersForAll struct to set default sort order from subGroups
 // FIXME FIXME This should be done in hgTrackDb at load time and should change tag values to
 // FIXME FIXME ensure js still works
 boolean tdbAddPrioritiesFromCart(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdbList)
 // Updates the tdb->priority from cart for all tracks in list and their descendents.
 {
 char htmlIdentifier[1024];
 struct trackDb *tdb;
 boolean cartPriorities = FALSE;
 for (tdb = tdbList; tdb != NULL; tdb = tdb->next)
 {
 safef(htmlIdentifier, sizeof(htmlIdentifier), "%s.priority", tdb->track);
 char *cartHas = cartOptionalString(cart,htmlIdentifier);
 if (cartHas != NULL)
     {
     tdb->priority = atof(cartHas);
     cartPriorities = TRUE;
     }
 if (tdbAddPrioritiesFromCart(cart, tdb->subtracks))
     cartPriorities = TRUE;
 }
 return cartPriorities;
 }
 
 boolean tdbSortPrioritiesFromCart(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb **tdbList)
 // Updates the tdb->priority from cart then sorts the list anew.
 // Returns TRUE if priorities obtained from cart
 {
 boolean cartPriorities = tdbAddPrioritiesFromCart(cart, *tdbList);
 slSort(tdbList, trackDbCmp);
 return cartPriorities;
 }
 
 boolean tdbRefSortPrioritiesFromCart(struct cart *cart, struct slRef **tdbRefList)
 // Updates the tdb->priority from cart then sorts the list anew.
 // Returns TRUE if priorities obtained from cart
 {
 char htmlIdentifier[128];
 struct slRef *tdbRef;
 boolean cartPriorities = FALSE;
 for (tdbRef = *tdbRefList; tdbRef != NULL; tdbRef = tdbRef->next)
 {
 struct trackDb *tdb = tdbRef->val;
 safef(htmlIdentifier, sizeof(htmlIdentifier), "%s.priority", tdb->track);
 char *cartHas = cartOptionalString(cart,htmlIdentifier);
 if (cartHas != NULL)
     {
     tdb->priority = atof(cartHas);
     cartPriorities = TRUE;
     }
 }
 slSort(tdbRefList, trackDbRefCmp);
 return cartPriorities;
 }
 
 void cfgByCfgType(eCfgType cType,char *db, struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb,char *prefix,
 	      char *title, boolean boxed)
 // Methods for putting up type specific cfgs used by composites/subtracks in hui.c
 {
 // When only one subtrack, then show it's cfg settings instead of composite/view level settings
 // This simplifies the UI where hgTrackUi won't have 2 levels of cfg,
 // while hgTracks still supports rightClick cfg of the subtrack.
 
 if (configurableByAjax(tdb,cType) > 0) // Only if subtrack's configurable by ajax do we
 {                                  // consider this option
 if (tdbIsComposite(tdb)                       // called for the composite
 && !tdbIsCompositeView(tdb->subtracks)        // and there is no view level
 && slCount(tdb->subtracks) == 1)              // and there is only one subtrack
     {
     tdb = tdb->subtracks; // show subtrack cfg instead
     prefix = tdb->track;
     }
 else if (tdbIsSubtrack(tdb)                   // called with subtrack
      && tdbIsCompositeView(tdb->parent)       // subtrack has view
      && differentString(prefix,tdb->track)    // and this has been called FOR the view
      && slCount(tdb->parent->subtracks) == 1) // and view has only one subtrack
     prefix = tdb->track; // removes reference to view level
 }
 
 // Cfg could be explicitly blocked, but if tdb is example subtrack
 // then blocking should have occurred before we got here.
 if (!tdbIsSubtrack(tdb) && trackDbSettingBlocksConfiguration(tdb,FALSE))
 return;
 
 // composite/view must pass in example subtrack
 // NOTE: if subtrack types vary then there shouldn't be cfg at composite/view level!
 while (tdb->subtracks)
 tdb = tdb->subtracks;
 
 switch(cType)
 {
 case cfgBedScore:
 		    {
 		    char *scoreMax = trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, SCORE_FILTER _MAX);
 		    int maxScore = (scoreMax ? sqlUnsigned(scoreMax):1000);
 		    scoreCfgUi(db, cart,tdb,prefix,title,maxScore,boxed);
 		    }
 		    break;
 case cfgPeak:
 		    encodePeakCfgUi(cart,tdb,prefix,title,boxed);
 		    break;
 case cfgWig:        wigCfgUi(cart,tdb,prefix,title,boxed);
 		    break;
 case cfgWigMaf:     wigMafCfgUi(cart,tdb,prefix,title,boxed, db);
 		    break;
 case cfgGenePred:   genePredCfgUi(cart,tdb,prefix,title,boxed);
 		    break;
 case cfgChain:      chainCfgUi(db,cart,tdb,prefix,title,boxed, NULL);
 		    break;
 case cfgNetAlign:   netAlignCfgUi(db,cart,tdb,prefix,title,boxed);
 		    break;
 case cfgBedFilt:    bedFiltCfgUi(cart,tdb,prefix,title, boxed);
 		    break;
 case cfgBam:        bamCfgUi(cart, tdb, prefix, title, boxed);
 		    break;
 case cfgVcf:        vcfCfgUi(cart, tdb, prefix, title, boxed);
 		    break;
 case cfgLong:       longRangeCfgUi(cart, tdb, prefix, title, boxed);
 		    break;
 case cfgSnake:      snakeCfgUi(cart, tdb, prefix, title, boxed);
 		    break;
 case cfgPsl:        pslCfgUi(db,cart,tdb,prefix,title,boxed);
 		    break;
 default:            warn("Track type is not known to multi-view composites. type is: %d ",
 			 cType);
 		    break;
 }
 }
 
 char *encodeRestrictionDate(char *db,struct trackDb *trackDb,boolean excludePast)
 // Create a string for ENCODE restriction date of this track
 // if return is not null, then free it after use
 {
 if (!trackDb)
 return NULL;
 
 char *date = NULL;
 
 if (metadataForTable(db,trackDb,NULL) != NULL)
 {
 date = cloneString((char *)metadataFindValue(trackDb,"dateUnrestricted"));
 if (date != NULL)
     date = strSwapChar(date, ' ', 0);   // Truncate time (not expected, but just in case)
 
 if (excludePast && !isEmpty(date) && dateIsOld(date, MDB_ENCODE_DATE_FORMAT))
     freez(&date);
 }
 return date;
 }
 
 /* Subtrack configuration settings */
 
 struct subtrackConfigSettings 
 {
 sortOrder_t *sortOrder; /* from trackDb setting */
 boolean useDragAndDrop; /* from trackDb setting */
 boolean restrictions;   /* from metadata ? */
 boolean colorPatch;     /* from trackDb setting */
 boolean displayAll;     /* from radiobutton */
 int bgColorIx;          /* from logic over other settings */
 int columnCount;        /* determined from trackDb settings */
 };
 #define LARGE_COMPOSITE_CUTOFF 30
 
 static void printSubtrackTableHeader(struct trackDb *parentTdb, struct slRef *subtrackRefList,
 				struct subtrackConfigSettings *settings)
 /* Print header of subtrack table, including classes describing display appearance and behavior.
 Return number of columns */
 {
 char buffer[SMALLBUF];
 boolean useDragAndDrop = settings->useDragAndDrop;
 sortOrder_t *sortOrder = settings->sortOrder;
 if (sortOrder != NULL)
 puts("<THEAD class=sortable>");
 else
 puts("<THEAD>");
 int colspan = 3;
 if (sortOrder != NULL)
 colspan = sortOrder->count+2;
 else if (!tdbIsMultiTrack(parentTdb)) // An extra column for subVis/wrench so dragAndDrop works
 colspan++;
 if (settings->colorPatch)
 colspan++;
 int columnCount = 0;
 if (sortOrder != NULL)
 printf("<TR id=\"subtracksHeader\" class='sortable%s'>\n",
 	    useDragAndDrop ? " nodrop nodrag" : "");
 else
 {
 printf("<TR%s>", useDragAndDrop ? " id='noDrag' class='nodrop nodrag'" : "");
 // First table row contains the display "selected/visible" or "all" radio buttons
 // NOTE: list subtrack radio buttons are inside tracklist table header if
 //       there are no sort columns.  The reason is to ensure spacing of lines
 //       column headers when the only column header is "Restricted Until"
 printf("<TD colspan='%d'><B>List subtracks:&nbsp;", colspan);
 char javascript[JBUFSIZE];
 safef(javascript, sizeof(javascript),
-          "class='allOrOnly' onclick='showOrHideSelectedSubtracks(true);'");
+      "showOrHideSelectedSubtracks(true);");
 int subCount = slCount(subtrackRefList);
 if (subCount > LARGE_COMPOSITE_CUTOFF)
     safef(buffer,SMALLBUF,"%s.displaySubtracks",parentTdb->track);
 else
     safecpy(buffer,SMALLBUF,"displaySubtracks");
-    cgiMakeOnClickRadioButton(buffer, "selected", !settings->displayAll,javascript);
+cgiMakeOnEventRadioButtonWithClass(buffer, "selected", !settings->displayAll, "allOrOnly", "click", javascript);
+
 puts("only selected/visible &nbsp;&nbsp;");
 safef(javascript, sizeof(javascript),
-          "class='allOrOnly' onclick='showOrHideSelectedSubtracks(false);'");
-    cgiMakeOnClickRadioButton(buffer, "all", settings->displayAll,javascript);
+      "showOrHideSelectedSubtracks(false);");
+cgiMakeOnEventRadioButtonWithClass(buffer, "all", settings->displayAll, "allOrOnly", "click", javascript);
 printf("all</B>");
 if (subCount > 5)
     printf("&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(<span class='subCBcount'></span>)");
 puts("</TD>");
 columnCount = colspan;
 }
 
 // Add column headers which are sort button links
 if (sortOrder != NULL)
 {
 printf("<TH>&nbsp;<INPUT TYPE=HIDDEN NAME='%s' class='sortOrder' VALUE='%s'></TH>\n",
        sortOrder->htmlId, sortOrder->sortOrder); // keeing track of sortOrder
 columnCount++;
 if (!tdbIsMultiTrack(parentTdb))  // An extra column for subVis/wrench so dragAndDrop works
     {
     printf("<TH></TH>\n");
     columnCount++;
     }
 // Columns in tdb order (unchanging), sort in cart order (changed by user action)
 int sIx=0;
 for (sIx=0;sIx<sortOrder->count;sIx++)
     {
     if (sameString(SORT_ON_TRACK_NAME,sortOrder->column[sIx]))
 	break; // All wrangler requested sort orders have been done.
     if (sameString(SORT_ON_RESTRICTED,sortOrder->column[sIx]))
 	break; // All wrangler requested sort orders have been done.
-        printf("<TH id='%s' class='sortable%s sort%d' abbr='use' "
-               "onclick='tableSortAtButtonPress(this);'>%s", sortOrder->column[sIx],
+    printf("<TH id='%s' class='sortable%s sort%d' abbr='use'>%s", 
+	    sortOrder->column[sIx],
 	   (sortOrder->forward[sIx] ? "" : " sortRev"),sortOrder->order[sIx],
 	   sortOrder->title[sIx]);
+    jsOnEventById("click", sortOrder->column[sIx], "tableSortAtButtonPress(this);");
     printf("<sup>%s",(sortOrder->forward[sIx]?"&darr;":"&uarr;"));
     if (sortOrder->count > 1)
 	printf("%d",sortOrder->order[sIx]);
     printf("</sup>");
     puts("</TH>");
     columnCount++;
     }
 
 // longLabel column
 assert(sameString(SORT_ON_TRACK_NAME,sortOrder->column[sIx]));
-    printf("<TH id='%s' class='sortable%s sort%d' onclick='tableSortAtButtonPress(this);' "
-           "align='left'>&nbsp;&nbsp;Track Name",
+printf("<TH id='%s' class='sortable%s sort%d' align='left'>&nbsp;&nbsp;Track Name",
        sortOrder->column[sIx],(sortOrder->forward[sIx]?"":" sortRev"),sortOrder->order[sIx]);
+jsOnEventById("click", sortOrder->column[sIx], "tableSortAtButtonPress(this);");
 printf("<sup>%s%d</sup>",(sortOrder->forward[sIx]?"&darr;":"&uarr;"),sortOrder->order[sIx]);
 puts("</TH>");
 columnCount++;
 }
 puts("<TH>&nbsp;</TH>"); // schema column
 columnCount++;
 
 // Finally there may be a restricted until column
 if (settings->restrictions)
 {
 if (sortOrder != NULL)
     {
     int sIx=sortOrder->count-1;
     assert(sameString(SORT_ON_RESTRICTED,sortOrder->column[sIx]));
-        printf("<TH id='%s' class='sortable%s sort%d' onclick='tableSortAtButtonPress(this);' "
-                "align='left'>&nbsp;Restricted Until", sortOrder->column[sIx],
+    printf("<TH id='%s' class='sortable%s sort%d' align='left'>&nbsp;Restricted Until", 
+	    sortOrder->column[sIx],
 	    (sortOrder->forward[sIx]?"":" sortRev"),sortOrder->order[sIx]);
+    jsOnEventById("click", sortOrder->column[sIx], "tableSortAtButtonPress(this);");
     printf("<sup>%s%d</sup>",(sortOrder->forward[sIx] ? "&darr;" : "&uarr;"),
 	   sortOrder->order[sIx]);
     puts("</TH>");
     }
 else
     {
     printf("<TH align='center'>&nbsp;");
     printf("<A HREF=\'%s\' TARGET=BLANK>Restricted Until</A>", ENCODE_DATA_RELEASE_POLICY);
     puts("&nbsp;</TH>");
     }
 columnCount++;
 }
 puts("</TR></THEAD>"); // The end of the header section.
 settings->columnCount = columnCount;
 }
 
 static void printSubtrackTableFooter(int subCount, struct subtrackConfigSettings *settings)
 /* Print footer with restriction policy if needed */
 {
 boolean restrictions = settings->restrictions;
 sortOrder_t *sortOrder = settings->sortOrder;
 int columnCount = settings->columnCount;
 
 if (subCount > 5 || (restrictions && sortOrder != NULL))
 {
 printf("<TFOOT style='background-color:%s;'><TR valign='top'>", COLOR_BG_DEFAULT_DARKER);
 if (restrictions && sortOrder != NULL)
     printf("<TD colspan=%d>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;",columnCount-1);
 else
     printf("<TD colspan=%d>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;",columnCount);
 
 // Count of subtracks is filled in by javascript.
 if (subCount > 5)
     printf("<span class='subCBcount'></span>\n");
 
 // Restriction policy needs a link
 if (restrictions && sortOrder != NULL)
     printf("</TD><TH><A HREF='%s' TARGET=BLANK style='font-size:.9em;'>Restriction Policy</A>",
 	   ENCODE_DATA_RELEASE_POLICY);
 
 printf("</TD></TR></TFOOT>\n");
 }
 }
 
 /********************/
 /* Basic info for a controlled vocabulary term */
 
 struct vocabBasic {
 struct vocabBasic *next;
 char *term;
 char *description;
 char *url;
 };
 
 boolean vocabSettingIsEncode(char *setting)
 /* Distinguish ENCODE controlled vocab settings (first arg is cv.ra filename) from non-ENCODE 
 (table-based vocabs)
 */
 {
 if (setting && (strchr(cloneFirstWord(setting), '=') == NULL))
 return TRUE;
 return FALSE;
 }
 
 char *vocabLink(struct hash *vocabFieldHash, char *term, char *title)
 /* Make an anchor with mouseover containing description and link if present */
 {   
 struct vocabBasic *vocab = hashFindVal(vocabFieldHash, term);
 if (vocab == NULL)
 return NULL;
 struct dyString *ds = dyStringNew(0);
 if (vocab->url == NULL || strlen(vocab->url) == 0)
 dyStringPrintf(ds, "<A title='%s' style='cursor: pointer;'>%s</A>",
 		    vocab->description, term);
 else
 dyStringPrintf(ds, "<A target='_blank' class='cv' title='%s' href='%s'>%s</A>\n",
 		    vocab->description, vocab->url, term);
 return dyStringCannibalize(&ds);
 }
 
 struct hash *vocabBasicFromSetting(struct trackDb *parentTdb, struct cart *cart)
 /* Get description and URL for all vocabTables. Returns a hash of hashes */
 {
 char *spec = trackDbSetting(parentTdb, "controlledVocabulary");
 if (!spec)
 return NULL;
 // Not yet implemented for ENCODE-style CV
 if (vocabSettingIsEncode(spec))
 return NULL;
 
 struct slPair *vocabTables = slPairFromString(spec);
 struct slPair *vocabTable = NULL;
 struct hash *tableHash = hashNew(0);
 struct sqlResult *sr;
 char **row;
 char query[256];
 char *database = cartString(cart, "db");
 for (vocabTable = vocabTables; vocabTable != NULL; vocabTable = vocabTable->next)
 {
 char *db = database;
 char *tableSpec = (char *)vocabTable->val;
 char *tableName = chopPrefix(tableSpec);
 if (differentString(tableName, tableSpec))
     {
     chopSuffix(tableSpec);
     db = tableSpec;
     }
 struct sqlConnection *conn = hAllocConn(db);
 boolean hasUrl = FALSE;
 struct hash *subgroupHash = hashNew(0);
 hashAdd(tableHash, vocabTable->name, subgroupHash);
 if (hHasField(db, tableName, "url"))
     {
     sqlSafef(query, sizeof(query), "select term, description, url from %s", tableName);
     hasUrl = TRUE;
     }
 else
     sqlSafef(query, sizeof(query), "select term, description from %s", tableName);
 sr = sqlGetResult(conn, query);
 while ((row = sqlNextRow(sr)) != NULL)
     {
     struct vocabBasic *vocab = NULL;
     AllocVar(vocab);
     vocab->term = cloneString(row[0]);
     vocab->description = cloneString(row[1]);
     if (hasUrl)
 	vocab->url = cloneString(row[2]);
     hashAdd(subgroupHash, vocab->term, vocab);
     }
 sqlFreeResult(&sr);
 hFreeConn(&conn);
 }
 return tableHash;
 }
 
 static void printSubtrackTableBody(struct trackDb *parentTdb, struct slRef *subtrackRefList,
 				struct subtrackConfigSettings *settings, struct cart *cart)
 /* Print list of subtracks */
 {
 sortOrder_t *sortOrder = settings->sortOrder;
 boolean useDragAndDrop = settings->useDragAndDrop;
 boolean restrictions = settings->restrictions;
 struct dyString *dyHtml = newDyString(SMALLBUF);
 char buffer[SMALLBUF];
 char *db = cartString(cart, "db");
 
 // The subtracks need to be sorted by priority but only sortable and dragable will have
 // non-default (cart) priorities to sort on
 if (sortOrder != NULL || useDragAndDrop)
 {
 // preserves user's prev sort/drags, ignore returned value about where
 //  priorities come from
 (void) tdbRefSortPrioritiesFromCart(cart, &subtrackRefList);
 printf("<TBODY class='%saltColors'>\n", (sortOrder != NULL ? "sortable " : "") );
 }
 else
 {
 slSort(&subtrackRefList, trackDbRefCmp);  // straight from trackDb.ra
 puts("<TBODY>");
 }
 
 // Finally the big "for loop" to list each subtrack as a table row.
 printf("\n<!-- ----- subtracks list ----- -->\n");
 membersForAll_t* membersForAll = membersForAllSubGroupsGet(parentTdb,NULL);
 struct hash *vocabHash = vocabBasicFromSetting(parentTdb, cart);
 struct slRef *subtrackRef;
 
 /* Color handling ?? */
 //char *colors[2]   = { COLOR_BG_DEFAULT,
 //                      COLOR_BG_ALTDEFAULT };
 char *colors[2]   = { "bgLevel1",
 		  "bgLevel1" };
 int colorIx = settings->bgColorIx;
 
 for (subtrackRef = subtrackRefList; subtrackRef != NULL; subtrackRef = subtrackRef->next)
 {
 struct trackDb *subtrack = subtrackRef->val;
 int ix;
 
 // Determine whether subtrack is checked, visible, configurable, has group membership, etc.
 int fourState = subtrackFourStateChecked(subtrack,cart);
 boolean checkedCB = fourStateChecked(fourState);
 boolean enabledCB = fourStateEnabled(fourState);
 boolean visibleCB = fourStateVisible(fourState);
 membership_t *membership = subgroupMembershipGet(subtrack);
 eCfgType cType = cfgNone;
 if (!tdbIsMultiTrack(parentTdb))  // MultiTracks never have configurable subtracks!
     cType = cfgTypeFromTdb(subtrack,FALSE);
 if (cType != cfgNone)
     {
     // Turn off configuring for certain track type or if explicitly turned off
     int cfgSubtrack = configurableByAjax(subtrack,cType);
     if (cfgSubtrack <= cfgNone)
 	cType = cfgNone;
     else if (membersForAll->members[dimV])
 	{  // subtrack only configurable if more than one subtrack in view
 	   // find "view" in subgroup membership: e.g. "signal"
 	if (-1 != (ix = stringArrayIx(membersForAll->members[dimV]->groupTag,
 				      membership->subgroups, membership->count)))
 	    {
 	    int ix2;                       // find "signal" in set of all views
 	    if (-1 != (ix2 = stringArrayIx(membership->membership[ix],
 					   membersForAll->members[dimV]->tags,
 					   membersForAll->members[dimV]->count)))
 		{
 		if (membersForAll->members[dimV]->subtrackCount[ix2] < 2)
 		    cType = cfgNone;
 		}
 	    }
 	}
     else if (slCount(subtrackRefList) < 2   // don't bother if there is a single subtrack
 	 && cfgTypeFromTdb(parentTdb,FALSE) != cfgNone) // but the composite is configurable.
 	cType = cfgNone;
     }
 
 if (sortOrder == NULL && !useDragAndDrop)
     {
     char **lastDivide = NULL;
     dividers_t *dividers = dividersSettingGet(parentTdb);
     if (dividers)
 	lastDivide = needMem(sizeof(char*)*dividers->count);
     if (divisionIfNeeded(lastDivide,dividers,membership) )
 	colorIx = (colorIx == COLOR_BG_DEFAULT_IX ? COLOR_BG_ALTDEFAULT_IX
 						  : COLOR_BG_DEFAULT_IX);
     dividersFree(&dividers);
     }
 
 // Start the TR which must have an id that is directly related to the checkBox id
 char *id = checkBoxIdMakeForTrack(subtrack,membersForAll->members,membersForAll->dimMax,
 				  membership); // view is known tag
 printf("<TR valign='top' class='%s%s'",
 	    colors[colorIx],(useDragAndDrop?" trDraggable":""));
 printf(" id=tr_%s%s>\n",id,(!visibleCB && !settings->displayAll?" style='display:none'":""));
 
 // Now the TD that holds the checkbox
 printf("<TD%s%s>",
        (enabledCB?"":" title='view is hidden'"),
        (useDragAndDrop?" class='dragHandle' title='Drag to reorder'":""));
 
 // A hidden field to keep track of subtrack order if it could change
 if (sortOrder != NULL || useDragAndDrop)
     {
     safef(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%s.priority", subtrack->track);
     float priority = (float)cartUsualDouble(cart, buffer, subtrack->priority);
     printf("<INPUT TYPE=HIDDEN NAME='%s' class='trPos' VALUE=\"%.0f\">",
 	   buffer, priority); // keeing track of priority
     }
 
 // The checkbox has identifying classes including subCB and the tag for each dimension
 //  (e.g. class='subCB GM12878 CTCF Peak')
 dyStringClear(dyHtml);
 dyStringAppend(dyHtml, "subCB"); // always first
 int di;
 if (membersForAll->dimensions)
     {
     for (di=dimX;di<membersForAll->dimMax;di++)
 	{
 	if (membersForAll->members[di] && -1 !=
 			    (ix = stringArrayIx(membersForAll->members[di]->groupTag,
 						membership->subgroups, membership->count)))
 	    dyStringPrintf(dyHtml," %s",membership->membership[ix]);
 	}
     }
 else if (membersForAll->abcCount) // "dimensions" don't exist but may be subgroups anyway
     {
     for (di=dimA;di<membersForAll->dimMax;di++)
 	{
 	if (membersForAll->members[di] && -1 !=
 			    (ix = stringArrayIx(membersForAll->members[di]->groupTag,
 						membership->subgroups, membership->count)))
 	    dyStringPrintf(dyHtml," %s",membership->membership[ix]);
 	}
     }
 if (membersForAll->members[dimV] && -1 !=
 			    (ix = stringArrayIx(membersForAll->members[dimV]->groupTag,
 						membership->subgroups, membership->count)))
     dyStringPrintf(dyHtml, " %s",membership->membership[ix]);  // Saved view for last
 
 // And finally the checkBox is made!
 safef(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%s_sel", subtrack->track);
 if (!enabledCB)
     {
     dyStringAppend(dyHtml, " disabled");
     cgiMakeCheckBoxFourWay(buffer,checkedCB,enabledCB,id,dyStringContents(dyHtml),
-                "onclick='matSubCbClick(this);' style='cursor:pointer' title='view is hidden'");
+	    "style='cursor:pointer' title='view is hidden'");
+    jsOnEventById("click", id, "matSubCbClick(this);");
     }
 else
+    {
     cgiMakeCheckBoxFourWay(buffer,checkedCB,enabledCB,id,dyStringContents(dyHtml),
-                               "onclick='matSubCbClick(this);' style='cursor:pointer'");
+			   "style='cursor:pointer'");
+    jsOnEventById("click", id, "matSubCbClick(this);");
+    }
 
 if (useDragAndDrop)
     printf("&nbsp;");
 
 if (!tdbIsMultiTrack(parentTdb))  // MultiTracks never have independent vis
     {
     printf("</TD><TD>"); // An extra column for subVis/wrench so dragAndDrop works
     enum trackVisibility vis = tdbVisLimitedByAncestors(cart,subtrack,FALSE,FALSE);
     char *view = NULL;
     if (membersForAll->members[dimV]
     && -1 != (ix = stringArrayIx(membersForAll->members[dimV]->groupTag, membership->subgroups,
 				 membership->count)))
 	view = membership->membership[ix];
     char classList[256];
     if (view != NULL)
 	safef(classList,sizeof(classList),"clickable fauxInput%s subVisDD %s",
 			(visibleCB ? "":" disabled"),view); // view should be last!
     else
 	safef(classList,sizeof(classList),"clickable fauxInput%s subVisDD",
 			(visibleCB ? "":" disabled"));
-        #define SUBTRACK_CFG_VIS "<div id= '%s_faux' class='%s' style='width:65px;' " \
-                                 "onclick='return subCfg.replaceWithVis(this,\"%s\",true);'>" \
-                                 "%s</div>\n"
-        printf(SUBTRACK_CFG_VIS,subtrack->track,classList,subtrack->track,hStringFromTv(vis));
+    #define SUBTRACK_CFG_VIS "<div id='%s_faux' class='%s' style='width:65px;'>%s</div>\n"
+    printf(SUBTRACK_CFG_VIS,subtrack->track,classList,hStringFromTv(vis));
+    char id[256];
+    safef(id, sizeof id, "%s_faux", subtrack->track);
+    char javascript[1024];
+    safef(javascript, sizeof javascript, "return subCfg.replaceWithVis(this,\"%s\",true);", subtrack->track);
+    jsOnEventById("click", id, javascript);
+    
     if (cType != cfgNone)  // make a wrench
 	{
-            #define SUBTRACK_CFG_WRENCH "<span class='clickable%s' onclick='return " \
-                                        "subCfg.cfgToggle(this,\"%s\");' title='Configure this " \
-                                        "subtrack'><img src='../images/wrench.png'></span>\n"
-            printf(SUBTRACK_CFG_WRENCH,(visibleCB ? "":" disabled"),subtrack->track);
+	safef(id, sizeof id, "%s_toggle", subtrack->track);
+	#define SUBTRACK_CFG_WRENCH "<span id='%s' class='clickable%s' " \
+				    "title='Configure this subtrack'><img src='../images/wrench.png'></span>\n"
+	printf(SUBTRACK_CFG_WRENCH,id,(visibleCB ? "":" disabled"));
+	safef(javascript, sizeof javascript, "return subCfg.cfgToggle(this,\"%s\");", subtrack->track);
+	jsOnEventById("click", id, javascript);
 	}
     }
 printf("</TD>");
 
 // If sortable, then there must be a column per sortable dimension
 if (sortOrder != NULL)
     {
     int sIx=0;
     for (sIx=0; sIx <sortOrder->count; sIx++)
 	{
 	char *col = sortOrder->column[sIx];
 	ix = stringArrayIx(col, membership->subgroups, membership->count);
 			    // TODO: Sort needs to expand from subGroups to labels as well
 	if (ix >= 0)
 	    {
 	    char *term = membership->membership[ix];
 	    char *title = membership->titles[ix];
 	    char *titleRoot=NULL;
 	    if (cvTermIsEmpty(col, title))
 		titleRoot = cloneString(" &nbsp;");
 	    else
 		titleRoot = labelRoot(title, NULL);
 	    // Each sortable column requires hidden goop (in the "abbr" field currently)
 	    // which is the actual sort on value
 	    printf("<TD id='%s_%s' abbr='%s' align='left'>", subtrack->track, col, term);
 	    printf("&nbsp");
 	    char *link = NULL;
 	    if (vocabHash)
 		{
 		struct hash *colHash = hashFindVal(vocabHash, col);
 		if (colHash)
 		    link = vocabLink(colHash, term, titleRoot);
 		}
 	    printf("%s", link ? link : titleRoot);
 	    puts("</TD>");
 	    freeMem(titleRoot);
 	    }
 	else if (sameString(col, SUBTRACK_COLOR_SUBGROUP))
 	    {
 	    char *hue = subtrackColorToCompare(subtrack);
 	    printf("<TD id='%s_%s' abbr='%s' bgcolor='#%02X%02X%02X'>"
 		    "&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>",
 		subtrack->track, col, hue, 
 		    subtrack->colorR, subtrack->colorG, subtrack->colorB);
 	    }
 	}
     }
 else  // Non-sortable tables do not have sort by columns but will display a short label
     { // (which may be a configurable link)
     if (settings->colorPatch)
 	{
 	printf("<TD BGCOLOR='#%02X%02X%02X'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>",
 		       subtrack->colorR, subtrack->colorG, subtrack->colorB);
 
 	}
     printf("<TD>&nbsp;");
     hierarchy_t *hierarchy = hierarchySettingGet(parentTdb);
     indentIfNeeded(hierarchy,membership);
     hierarchyFree(&hierarchy);
     printf("%s",subtrack->shortLabel);
     puts("</TD>");
     }
 
 // The long label column (note that it may have a metadata dropdown)
 printf("<TD title='select to copy'>&nbsp;%s", subtrack->longLabel);
 if (trackDbSetting(parentTdb, "wgEncode") && trackDbSetting(subtrack, "accession"))
     printf(" [GEO:%s]", trackDbSetting(subtrack, "accession"));
 compositeMetadataToggle(db,subtrack,NULL,TRUE,FALSE);
 printf("&nbsp;");
 
 // Embedded cfg dialogs are within the TD that contains the longLabel.
 //  This allows a wide item to be embedded in the table
 if (cType != cfgNone)
     {
     // How to make this thing float to the left?  Container is overflow:visible
     // and contained (made in js) is position:relative; left: -{some pixels}
     #define CFG_SUBTRACK_DIV "<DIV id='div_cfg_%s' class='subCfg %s' style='display:none; " \
 			     "overflow:visible;'></DIV>"
     #define MAKE_CFG_SUBTRACK_DIV(table,view) \
 				    printf(CFG_SUBTRACK_DIV,(table),(view)?(view):"noView")
     char * view = NULL;
     if (membersForAll->members[dimV] && -1 !=
 			(ix = stringArrayIx(membersForAll->members[dimV]->groupTag,
 					    membership->subgroups, membership->count)))
 	view = membership->membership[ix];
     MAKE_CFG_SUBTRACK_DIV(subtrack->track,view);
     }
 
 // A schema link for each track
 printf("</td>\n<TD>&nbsp;");
 makeSchemaLink(db,subtrack,"schema");
 printf("&nbsp;");
 
 // Do we have a restricted until date?
 if (restrictions)
     {
     char *dateDisplay = encodeRestrictionDate(db,subtrack,FALSE); // includes dates in the past
     if (dateDisplay)
 	{
 	if (dateIsOld(dateDisplay, MDB_ENCODE_DATE_FORMAT))
 	    printf("</TD>\n<TD align='center' nowrap style='color: #BBBBBB;'>&nbsp;%s&nbsp;",
 		   dateDisplay);
 	else
 	    printf("</TD>\n<TD align='center'>&nbsp;%s&nbsp;", dateDisplay);
 	}
     }
 
 // End of row and free ourselves of this subtrack
 puts("</TD></TR>\n");
 checkBoxIdFree(&id);
 }
 
 // End of the table
 puts("</TBODY>");
 dyStringFree(&dyHtml)
 membersForAllSubGroupsFree(parentTdb,&membersForAll);
 }
 
 static boolean membersHaveMatrix(membersForAll_t *membersForAll)
 /* Check for matrix */
 {
 if (membersForAll->members[dimX] == NULL && membersForAll->members[dimY] == NULL)
 return FALSE;
 return TRUE;
 }
 
 static void printSubtrackTable(struct trackDb *parentTdb, struct slRef *subtrackRefList,
 			    struct subtrackConfigSettings *settings, struct cart *cart)
 /* Print table of subtracks */
 {
 // Print table tag
 printf("\n<TABLE CELLSPACING='2' CELLPADDING='0' border='0'");
 struct dyString *dyHtml = newDyString(SMALLBUF);
 if (settings->sortOrder != NULL)
 dyStringPrintf(dyHtml, "sortable");
 if (settings->useDragAndDrop)
 {
 if (dyStringLen(dyHtml) > 0)
     dyStringAppendC(dyHtml,' ');
 dyStringPrintf(dyHtml, "tableWithDragAndDrop");
 }
 printf(" class='subtracks");
 if (dyStringLen(dyHtml) > 0)
 {
 printf(" bglevel1 %s'",dyStringContents(dyHtml));
 settings->bgColorIx = COLOR_BG_ALTDEFAULT_IX;
 }
 else
 settings->bgColorIx = COLOR_BG_DEFAULT_IX; // Start with non-default allows alternation
 puts("'>");
 dyStringFree(&dyHtml)
 
 // save count of subtracks for use by footer code
 int subCount = slCount(subtrackRefList);
 
 printSubtrackTableHeader(parentTdb, subtrackRefList, settings);
 printSubtrackTableBody(parentTdb, subtrackRefList, settings, cart);
 printSubtrackTableFooter(subCount, settings);
 puts("</TABLE>");
 }
 
 static void compositeUiSubtracks(char *db, struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *parentTdb)
 // Display list of subtracks and descriptions with checkboxes to control visibility and
 // possibly other nice things including links to schema and metadata and a release date.
 {
 char buffer[SMALLBUF];
 struct trackDb *subtrack;
 
 // Get list of leaf subtracks to work with
 struct slRef *subtrackRef, *subtrackRefList = trackDbListGetRefsToDescendantLeaves(parentTdb->subtracks);
 
 membersForAll_t* membersForAll = membersForAllSubGroupsGet(parentTdb,NULL);
 sortOrder_t* sortOrder = sortOrderGet(cart,parentTdb);
 char *displaySubs = NULL;
 int subCount = slCount(subtrackRefList);
 if (subCount > LARGE_COMPOSITE_CUTOFF && membersForAll->dimensions != NULL)
 {
 // ignore displaySubtracks setting for large composites with a matrix as
 // matrix effectively shows all
 safef(buffer,SMALLBUF,"%s.displaySubtracks",parentTdb->track);
 displaySubs = cartUsualString(cart, buffer,"some"); // track specific defaults to only selected
 }
 else
 {
 displaySubs = cartUsualString(cart, "displaySubtracks", "all"); // browser wide defaults to all
 }
 boolean displayAll = sameString(displaySubs, "all");
 
 // Table wraps around entire list so that "Top" link can float to the correct place.
 cgiDown(0.7);
 printf("<table><tr><td class='windowSize'>");
 printf("<A NAME='DISPLAY_SUBTRACKS'></A>");
 if (sortOrder != NULL)
 {
 // First table row contains the display "selected/visible" or "all" radio buttons
 // NOTE: list subtrack radio buttons are inside tracklist table header if
 //       there are no sort columns.  The reason is to ensure spacing of lines
 //       column headers when the only column header is "Restricted Until"
 printf("<B>List subtracks:&nbsp;");
 char javascript[JBUFSIZE];
 safef(javascript, sizeof(javascript),
-          "class='allOrOnly' onclick='showOrHideSelectedSubtracks(true);'");
+      "showOrHideSelectedSubtracks(true);");
 if (subCount > LARGE_COMPOSITE_CUTOFF)
     safef(buffer,SMALLBUF,"%s.displaySubtracks",parentTdb->track);
 else
     safecpy(buffer,SMALLBUF,"displaySubtracks");
-    cgiMakeOnClickRadioButton(buffer, "selected", !displayAll,javascript);
+cgiMakeOnEventRadioButtonWithClass(buffer, "selected", !displayAll, "allOrOnly", "click", javascript);
 puts("only selected/visible &nbsp;&nbsp;");
 safef(javascript, sizeof(javascript),
-          "class='allOrOnly' onclick='showOrHideSelectedSubtracks(false);'");
-    cgiMakeOnClickRadioButton(buffer, "all", displayAll,javascript);
+      "showOrHideSelectedSubtracks(false);");
+cgiMakeOnEventRadioButtonWithClass(buffer, "all", displayAll, "allOrOnly", "click", javascript);
 printf("all</B>");
 if (slCount(subtrackRefList) > 5)
     printf("&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(<span class='subCBcount'></span>)");
 if (membersHaveMatrix(membersForAll))
     makeTopLink(parentTdb);
 printf("</td></tr></table>");
 }
 else
 {
 if (membersHaveMatrix(membersForAll))
     makeTopLink(parentTdb);
 }
 
 // Get info for subtrack list
 struct subtrackConfigSettings *settings = NULL;
 AllocVar(settings);
 
 // Determine whether there is a restricted until date column
 settings->restrictions = FALSE;
 for (subtrackRef = subtrackRefList; subtrackRef != NULL; subtrackRef = subtrackRef->next)
 {
 subtrack = subtrackRef->val;
 (void)metadataForTable(db,subtrack,NULL);
 if (NULL != metadataFindValue(subtrack,"dateUnrestricted"))
     {
     settings->restrictions = TRUE;
     break;
     }
 }
 settings->useDragAndDrop = sameOk("subTracks",trackDbSetting(parentTdb, "dragAndDrop"));
 settings->sortOrder = sortOrder;
 settings->displayAll = displayAll;
 settings->colorPatch = (trackDbSetting(parentTdb, SUBTRACK_COLOR_PATCH) != NULL);
 
 printSubtrackTable(parentTdb, subtrackRefList, settings, cart);
 
 if (sortOrder == NULL)
 printf("</td></tr></table>");
 
 membersForAllSubGroupsFree(parentTdb,&membersForAll);
 sortOrderFree(&sortOrder);
 }
 
 static void compositeUiSubtracksMatchingPrimary(char *db, struct cart *cart,
 					    struct trackDb *parentTdb,char *primarySubtrack)
 // Display list of subtracks associated with a primary subtrack for the hgTables merge function
 {
 assert(primarySubtrack != NULL);
 char *primaryType = getPrimaryType(primarySubtrack, parentTdb);
 char htmlIdentifier[SMALLBUF];
 
 // Get list of leaf subtracks to work with and sort them
 struct slRef *subtrackRef, *subtrackRefList =
 			    trackDbListGetRefsToDescendantLeaves(parentTdb->subtracks);
 if (NULL != trackDbSetting(parentTdb, "sortOrder")
 ||  NULL != trackDbSetting(parentTdb, "dragAndDrop"))
 tdbRefSortPrioritiesFromCart(cart, &subtrackRefList); // preserves user's prev sort/drags
 else
 slSort(&subtrackRefList, trackDbRefCmp);  // straight from trackDb.ra
 
 // Now we can start in on the table of subtracks
 printf("\n<TABLE CELLSPACING='2' CELLPADDING='0' border='0' id='subtracks.%s'>"
    "<THEAD>\n</TR></THEAD><TBODY>\n",parentTdb->track);
 
 for (subtrackRef = subtrackRefList; subtrackRef != NULL; subtrackRef = subtrackRef->next)
 {
 struct trackDb *subtrack = subtrackRef->val;
 int fourState = subtrackFourStateChecked(subtrack,cart);
 boolean checkedCB = fourStateChecked(fourState);
 boolean enabledCB = fourStateEnabled(fourState);
 safef(htmlIdentifier, sizeof(htmlIdentifier), "%s_sel", subtrack->track);
 
 if (sameString(subtrack->track, primarySubtrack))
     {
     puts("<TR><TD>");
     cgiMakeHiddenBoolean(htmlIdentifier, TRUE);
     puts("[on] ");
     printf("</TD><TD>%s [selected on main page]</TD></TR>\n",
 	   subtrack->longLabel);
     }
 else if (hSameTrackDbType(primaryType, subtrack->type))
     {
     puts("<TR><TD>");
     cgiMakeCheckBox(htmlIdentifier, checkedCB && enabledCB);
     printf("</TD><TD>%s</TD></TR>\n", subtrack->longLabel);
     }
 }
 puts("</TBODY><TFOOT></TFOOT>");
 puts("</TABLE>");
 if (slCount(subtrackRefList) > 5)
 puts("&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<span class='subCBcount'></span>");
 puts("<P>");
 if (!primarySubtrack)
-    puts("<script type='text/javascript'>matInitializeMatrix();</script>");
+    jsInline("matInitializeMatrix();");
 }
 
-static void makeAddClearButtonPair(char *class,char *seperator)
+static void makeAddClearButtonPair(char *idPrefix, char *class,char *separator)
 // Print an [Add][Clear] button pair that uses javascript to check subtracks
 {
 char buf[256];
 if (class)
     safef(buf, sizeof buf,"matSetMatrixCheckBoxes(true,'%s'); return false;", class);
 else
     safef(buf, sizeof buf,"matSetMatrixCheckBoxes(true); return false;");
-cgiMakeOnClickButton(buf, ADD_BUTTON_LABEL);
-if (seperator)
-    printf("%s",seperator);
+char id[256];
+safef(id, sizeof id, "%s_add", idPrefix);
+cgiMakeOnClickButton(id, buf, ADD_BUTTON_LABEL);
+if (separator)
+    printf("%s",separator);
 if (class)
     safef(buf, sizeof buf,"matSetMatrixCheckBoxes(false,'%s'); return false;", class);
 else
     safef(buf, sizeof buf,"matSetMatrixCheckBoxes(false); return false;");
-cgiMakeOnClickButton(buf, CLEAR_BUTTON_LABEL);
+safef(id, sizeof id, "%s_clr", idPrefix);
+cgiMakeOnClickButton(id, buf, CLEAR_BUTTON_LABEL);
 }
 
 #define MANY_SUBTRACKS  8
 #define WIGGLE_HELP_PAGE  "../goldenPath/help/hgWiggleTrackHelp.html"
 
 boolean cfgBeginBoxAndTitle(struct trackDb *tdb, boolean boxed, char *title)
 // Handle start of box and title for individual track type settings
 {
 if (!boxed)
     {
     boxed = trackDbSettingOn(tdb,"boxedCfg");
     if (boxed)
         printf("<BR>");
     }
 if (boxed)
     {
     printf("<TABLE class='blueBox");
     char *view = tdbGetViewName(tdb);
     if (view != NULL)
         printf(" %s",view);
     printf("' style='background-color:%s;'><TR><TD>", COLOR_BG_ALTDEFAULT);
     if (title)
         printf("<CENTER><B>%s Configuration</B></CENTER>\n", title);
     }
 else if (title)
     printf("<p><B>%s &nbsp;</b>", title );
 else
     printf("<p>");
 return boxed;
 }
 
 void cfgEndBox(boolean boxed)
 // Handle end of box and title for individual track type settings
 {
 if (boxed)
     puts("</td></tr></table>");
 }
 
 void wigOption(struct cart *cart, char *name, char *title, struct trackDb *tdb)
 /* let the user choose to see the track in wiggle mode */
 {
 printf("<BR><BR><B>Display data as a density graph:</B> ");
 char varName[1024];
 safef(varName, sizeof(varName), "%s.doWiggle", name);
 boolean parentLevel = isNameAtParentLevel(tdb,varName);
 boolean option = cartUsualBooleanClosestToHome(cart, tdb, parentLevel,"doWiggle", FALSE);
 
 cgiMakeCheckBox(varName, option);
 printf("<BR>\n");
 char *style = option ? "display:block" : "display:none";
 printf("<DIV ID=\"densGraphOptions\" STYLE=\"%s\">\n", style);
 
 // we need to fool the wiggle dialog into defaulting to autoscale and maximum
 char *origType = tdb->type;
 tdb->type = "bedGraph";
 if (hashFindVal(tdb->settingsHash, AUTOSCALE) == NULL)
     hashAdd(tdb->settingsHash, AUTOSCALE, "on");
 if (hashFindVal(tdb->settingsHash, WINDOWINGFUNCTION) == NULL)
     hashAdd(tdb->settingsHash, WINDOWINGFUNCTION, wiggleWindowingEnumToString( wiggleWindowingMax));
 wigCfgUi(cart,tdb,name,title,TRUE);
 tdb->type = origType;
 printf("</DIV>\n\n");
-printf("<script>\n");
-printf("   $(\"input[name='%s']\").click( function() { $('#densGraphOptions').toggle();} );\n", varName);
-printf("</script>\n\n");
+char javascript[1024];
+safef(javascript, sizeof javascript, "$(\"input[name='%s']\").click( function() { $('#densGraphOptions').toggle();} );\n"
+    , varName); // XSS FILTER?
+jsInline(javascript);
 }
 
 void wiggleScaleDropDownJavascript(char *name)
 /* print some js that deactivates the min/max range if autoscaling is activated */
 {
-printf("<script type=\"text/javascript\">\n");
-printf("  $(\"[name='%s.autoScale']\").change(function()\n", name);
-printf("  {\n");
-printf("  val= $(this).find(':selected').val(); \n");
-printf("  if (val==\"auto-scale to data view\")\n");
-printf("     {\n");
-printf("     $(\"[name='%s.minY']\")[0].disabled=true;\n", name);
-printf("     $(\"[name='%s.maxY']\")[0].disabled=true;\n", name);
-printf("     $(\".%sAutoScaleDesc\").attr('style', 'color:grey;');\n", name);
-printf("     }\n");
-printf("     else\n");
-printf("     {\n");
-printf("     $(\"[name='%s.minY']\")[0].disabled=false;\n", name);
-printf("     $(\"[name='%s.maxY']\")[0].disabled=false;\n", name);
-printf("     $(\".%sAutoScaleDesc\").attr('style', 'color:black;');\n", name);
-printf("     }\n");
-printf("  });\n");
-printf("\n");
-printf("  $( document ).ready(function()\n");
-printf("  {\n");
-printf("  val= $(\"[name='%s.autoScale']\").find(':selected').val(); \n", name);
-printf("  if (val==\"auto-scale to data view\")\n");
-printf("     {\n");
-printf("     $(\"[name='%s.minY']\")[0].disabled=true;\n", name);
-printf("     $(\"[name='%s.maxY']\")[0].disabled=true;\n", name);
-printf("     $(\".%sAutoScaleDesc\").attr('style', 'color:grey;');\n", name);
-printf("     }\n");
-printf("  });\n");
-printf("</script>\n");
+struct dyString *dy = dyStringNew(1024);
+dyStringPrintf(dy, "  $(\"[name='%s.autoScale']\").change(function()\n", name);
+dyStringPrintf(dy, "  {\n");
+dyStringPrintf(dy, "  val= $(this).find(':selected').val(); \n");
+dyStringPrintf(dy, "  if (val==\"auto-scale to data view\")\n");
+dyStringPrintf(dy, "     {\n");
+dyStringPrintf(dy, "     $(\"[name='%s.minY']\")[0].disabled=true;\n", name);
+dyStringPrintf(dy, "     $(\"[name='%s.maxY']\")[0].disabled=true;\n", name);
+dyStringPrintf(dy, "     $(\".%sAutoScaleDesc\").attr('style', 'color:grey;');\n", name);
+dyStringPrintf(dy, "     }\n");
+dyStringPrintf(dy, "     else\n");
+dyStringPrintf(dy, "     {\n");
+dyStringPrintf(dy, "     $(\"[name='%s.minY']\")[0].disabled=false;\n", name);
+dyStringPrintf(dy, "     $(\"[name='%s.maxY']\")[0].disabled=false;\n", name);
+dyStringPrintf(dy, "     $(\".%sAutoScaleDesc\").attr('style', 'color:black;');\n", name);
+dyStringPrintf(dy, "     }\n");
+dyStringPrintf(dy, "  });\n");
+dyStringPrintf(dy, "\n");
+dyStringPrintf(dy, "  $( document ).ready(function()\n");
+dyStringPrintf(dy, "  {\n");
+dyStringPrintf(dy, "  val= $(\"[name='%s.autoScale']\").find(':selected').val(); \n", name);
+dyStringPrintf(dy, "  if (val==\"auto-scale to data view\")\n");
+dyStringPrintf(dy, "     {\n");
+dyStringPrintf(dy, "     $(\"[name='%s.minY']\")[0].disabled=true;\n", name);
+dyStringPrintf(dy, "     $(\"[name='%s.maxY']\")[0].disabled=true;\n", name);
+dyStringPrintf(dy, "     $(\".%sAutoScaleDesc\").attr('style', 'color:grey;');\n", name);
+dyStringPrintf(dy, "     }\n");
+dyStringPrintf(dy, "  });\n");
+jsInline(dy->string);
+dyStringFree(&dy);
 }
 
 void wigCfgUi(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, char *name, char *title, boolean boxed)
 /* UI for the wiggle track */
 {
 char *typeLine = NULL;  /*  to parse the trackDb type line  */
 char *words[8];     /*  to parse the trackDb type line  */
 int wordCount = 0;  /*  to parse the trackDb type line  */
 char option[256];
 double minY;        /*  from trackDb or cart    */
 double maxY;        /*  from trackDb or cart    */
 double tDbMinY;     /*  data range limits from trackDb type line */
 double tDbMaxY;     /*  data range limits from trackDb type line */
 int defaultHeight;  /*  pixels per item */
 char *horizontalGrid = NULL;    /*  Grid lines, off by default */
 char *transformFunc = NULL;    /* function to transform data points */
 char *alwaysZero = NULL;    /* Always include 0 in range */
 char *lineBar;  /*  Line or Bar graph */
 char *autoScale;    /*  Auto scaling on or off */
 char *windowingFunction;    /*  Maximum, Mean, or Minimum */
 char *smoothingWindow;  /*  OFF or [2:16] */
 char *yLineMarkOnOff;   /*  user defined Y marker line to draw */
 double yLineMark;       /*  from trackDb or cart    */
 int maxHeightPixels = atoi(DEFAULT_HEIGHT_PER);
 int minHeightPixels = MIN_HEIGHT_PER;
 
 boxed = cfgBeginBoxAndTitle(tdb, boxed, title);
 
 wigFetchMinMaxPixelsWithCart(cart,tdb,name,&minHeightPixels, &maxHeightPixels, &defaultHeight);
 typeLine = cloneString(tdb->type);
 wordCount = chopLine(typeLine,words);
 
 wigFetchMinMaxYWithCart(cart, tdb, name, &minY, &maxY, &tDbMinY, &tDbMaxY, wordCount, words);
 freeMem(typeLine);
 
 wigFetchTransformFuncWithCart(cart,tdb,name, &transformFunc);
 wigFetchAlwaysZeroWithCart(cart,tdb,name, &alwaysZero);
 wigFetchHorizontalGridWithCart(cart,tdb,name, &horizontalGrid);
 wigFetchAutoScaleWithCart(cart,tdb,name, &autoScale);
 wigFetchGraphTypeWithCart(cart,tdb,name, &lineBar);
 wigFetchWindowingFunctionWithCart(cart,tdb,name, &windowingFunction);
 wigFetchSmoothingWindowWithCart(cart,tdb,name, &smoothingWindow);
 wigFetchYLineMarkWithCart(cart,tdb,name, &yLineMarkOnOff);
 wigFetchYLineMarkValueWithCart(cart,tdb,name, &yLineMark);
 boolean doNegative = wigFetchDoNegativeWithCart(cart,tdb,tdb->track, (char **) NULL);
 
 printf("<TABLE BORDER=0>");
 
 boolean parentLevel = isNameAtParentLevel(tdb, name);
 boolean didAggregate = FALSE;
 if (parentLevel)
     {
     assert(tdb->parent != NULL);
     char *aggregate = trackDbSetting(tdb->parent, "aggregate");
     if (aggregate != NULL && parentLevel)
         {
         char *aggregateVal = cartOrTdbString(cart, tdb->parent, "aggregate", NULL);
         printf("<TR valign=center><th align=right>Overlay method:</th><td align=left>");
         safef(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, AGGREGATE);
         aggregateDropDown(option, aggregateVal);
         puts("</td></TR>");
 
 	if (sameString(aggregateVal, WIG_AGGREGATE_STACKED)  &&
 	    sameString(windowingFunction, "mean+whiskers"))
 	    {
 	    windowingFunction = "maximum";
 	    }
 
 	didAggregate = TRUE;
         }
     }
 
 printf("<TR valign=center><th align=right>Type of graph:</th><td align=left>");
 safef( option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, LINEBAR );
 wiggleGraphDropDown(option, lineBar);
 if (boxed)
     {
     printf("</td><td align=right colspan=2>");
     printf("<A HREF=\"%s\" TARGET=_blank>Graph configuration help</A>",WIGGLE_HELP_PAGE);
     }
 puts("</td></TR>");
 
 printf("<TR valign=center><th align=right>Track height:</th><td align=left colspan=3>");
 safef(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, HEIGHTPER );
 cgiMakeIntVarWithLimits(option, defaultHeight, "Track height",0, minHeightPixels, maxHeightPixels);
 printf("pixels&nbsp;(range: %d to %d)",
        minHeightPixels, maxHeightPixels);
 puts("</TD></TR>");
 
 printf("<TR valign=center><th align=right>Data view scaling:</th><td align=left colspan=3>");
 safef(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, AUTOSCALE );
 wiggleScaleDropDown(option, autoScale);
 wiggleScaleDropDownJavascript(name);
 safef(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, ALWAYSZERO);
 printf("Always include zero:&nbsp");
 wiggleAlwaysZeroDropDown(option, alwaysZero);
 puts("</TD></TR>");
 
 printf("<TR class=\"%sAutoScaleDesc\" valign=center><th align=right>Vertical viewing range:</th>"
        "<td align=left>&nbsp;min:&nbsp;", name);
 safef(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, MIN_Y );
 cgiMakeDoubleVarWithLimits(option, minY, "Range min", 0, NO_VALUE, NO_VALUE);
 printf("</td><td align=leftv colspan=2>max:&nbsp;");
 safef(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, MAX_Y );
 cgiMakeDoubleVarWithLimits(option, maxY, "Range max", 0, NO_VALUE, NO_VALUE);
 printf("&nbsp;(range: %g to %g)",
        tDbMinY, tDbMaxY);
 puts("</TD></TR>");
 
 printf("<TR valign=center><th align=right>Transform function:</th><td align=left>");
 safef(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, TRANSFORMFUNC);
 printf("Transform data points by:&nbsp");
 wiggleTransformFuncDropDown(option, transformFunc);
 
 printf("<TR valign=center><th align=right>Windowing function:</th><td align=left>");
 safef(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, WINDOWINGFUNCTION );
 wiggleWindowingDropDown(option, windowingFunction);
 
 printf("<th align=right>Smoothing window:</th><td align=left>");
 safef(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, SMOOTHINGWINDOW );
 wiggleSmoothingDropDown(option, smoothingWindow);
 puts("&nbsp;pixels</TD></TR>");
 
 printf("<th align=right>Negate values:</th><td align=left>");
 safef(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, DONEGATIVEMODE );
 cgiMakeCheckBox(option, doNegative);
 
 printf("<TR valign=center><td align=right><b>Draw y indicator lines:</b>"
        "<td align=left colspan=2>");
 printf("at y = 0.0:");
 safef(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, HORIZGRID );
 wiggleGridDropDown(option, horizontalGrid);
 printf("&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;at y =");
 safef(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, YLINEMARK );
 cgiMakeDoubleVarInRange(option, yLineMark, "Indicator at Y", 0, NULL, NULL);
 safef(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, YLINEONOFF );
 wiggleYLineMarkDropDown(option, yLineMarkOnOff);
 printf("</td>");
 if (boxed)
     puts("</TD></TR></TABLE>");
 else
     {
     puts("</TD></TR></TABLE>");
     printf("<A HREF=\"%s\" TARGET=_blank>Graph configuration help</A>",WIGGLE_HELP_PAGE);
     }
 
 // add a little javascript call to make sure we don't get whiskers with stacks in multiwigs
+
+char javascript[1024];
+safef(javascript, sizeof javascript, "$(function () { multiWigSetupOnChange('%s'); });\n", name);
 if (didAggregate)
-    printf("<script> $(function () { multiWigSetupOnChange('%s'); }); </script>\n", name);
+    jsInline(javascript);
 
 cfgEndBox(boxed);
 }
 
 
 void filterButtons(char *filterTypeVar, char *filterTypeVal, boolean none)
 /* Put up some filter buttons. */
 {
 printf("<B>Filter:</B> ");
 radioButton(filterTypeVar, filterTypeVal, "red");
 radioButton(filterTypeVar, filterTypeVal, "green");
 radioButton(filterTypeVar, filterTypeVal, "blue");
 radioButton(filterTypeVar, filterTypeVal, "exclude");
 radioButton(filterTypeVar, filterTypeVal, "include");
 if (none)
     radioButton(filterTypeVar, filterTypeVal, "none");
 }
 
 void radioButton(char *var, char *val, char *ourVal)
 /* Print one radio button */
 {
 cgiMakeRadioButton(var, ourVal, sameString(ourVal, val));
 printf("%s ", ourVal);
 }
 
 void oneMrnaFilterUi(struct controlGrid *cg, struct trackDb *tdb, char *text, char *var,
                      char *suffix, struct cart *cart)
 /* Print out user interface for one type of mrna filter. */
 {
 controlGridStartCell(cg);
 printf("%s:<BR>", text);
 boolean parentLevel = isNameAtParentLevel(tdb,var);
 cgiMakeTextVar(var, cartUsualStringClosestToHome(cart, tdb, parentLevel,suffix, ""), 19);
 controlGridEndCell(cg);
 }
 
 void bedFiltCfgUi(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, char *prefix, char *title, boolean boxed)
 /* Put up UI for an "bedFilter" tracks. */
 {
 struct mrnaUiData *mud = newBedUiData(prefix);
 struct mrnaFilter *fil;
 struct controlGrid *cg = NULL;
 boolean parentLevel = isNameAtParentLevel(tdb,prefix);
 char *filterTypeVal =
                 cartUsualStringClosestToHome(cart, tdb, parentLevel, mud->filterTypeSuffix, "red");
 boxed = cfgBeginBoxAndTitle(tdb, boxed, title);
 /* Define type of filter. */
 printf("<table width=400><tr><td align='left'>\n");
 char buffer[256];
 safef(buffer, sizeof buffer,"%s.%s",prefix,mud->filterTypeSuffix);
 filterButtons(buffer, filterTypeVal, FALSE);
 printf("</br>");
 /* List various fields you can filter on. */
 cg = startControlGrid(4, NULL);
 for (fil = mud->filterList; fil != NULL; fil = fil->next)
     {
     safef(buffer, sizeof buffer,"%s.%s",prefix,fil->suffix);
     oneMrnaFilterUi(cg, tdb, fil->label, buffer, fil->suffix, cart);
     }
 endControlGrid(&cg);
 cfgEndBox(boxed);
 }
 
 void mrnaCfgUi(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, char *prefix, char *title, boolean boxed)
 /* Put up UI for an mRNA (or EST) track. */
 {
 boolean isXeno = (sameString(tdb->track, "xenoMrna") ||  sameString(tdb->track, "xenoEst"));
 struct mrnaUiData *mud = newMrnaUiData(prefix, isXeno);
 struct mrnaFilter *fil;
 struct controlGrid *cg = NULL;
 boolean parentLevel = isNameAtParentLevel(tdb,prefix);
 char *filterTypeVal =
                 cartUsualStringClosestToHome(cart, tdb, parentLevel, mud->filterTypeSuffix,"red");
 char *logicTypeVal  =
                 cartUsualStringClosestToHome(cart, tdb, parentLevel, mud->logicTypeSuffix, "and");
 
 boxed = cfgBeginBoxAndTitle(tdb, boxed, title);
 /* Define type of filter. */
 char buffer[256];
 safef(buffer,sizeof buffer,"%s.%s",prefix,mud->filterTypeSuffix);
 filterButtons(buffer, filterTypeVal, FALSE);
 printf("  <B>Combination Logic:</B> ");
 safef(buffer,sizeof buffer,"%s.%s",prefix,mud->logicTypeSuffix);
 radioButton(buffer, logicTypeVal, "and");
 radioButton(buffer, logicTypeVal, "or");
 printf("<BR>\n");
 
 /* List various fields you can filter on. */
 printf("<table border=0 cellspacing=1 cellpadding=1 width=%d>\n", CONTROL_TABLE_WIDTH);
 cg = startControlGrid(4, NULL);
 for (fil = mud->filterList; fil != NULL; fil = fil->next)
     {
     safef(buffer,sizeof buffer,"%s.%s",prefix,fil->suffix);
     oneMrnaFilterUi(cg, tdb, fil->label, buffer, fil->suffix, cart);
     }
 endControlGrid(&cg);
 baseColorDrawOptDropDown(cart, tdb);
 indelShowOptions(cart, tdb);
 wigOption(cart, prefix, title, tdb);
 cfgEndBox(boxed);
 }
 
 
 void scoreGrayLevelCfgUi(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, char *prefix, int scoreMax)
 // If scoreMin has been set, let user select the shade of gray for that score, in case
 // the default is too light to see or darker than necessary.
 {
 boolean parentLevel = isNameAtParentLevel(tdb,prefix);
 char *scoreMinStr = trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, GRAY_LEVEL_SCORE_MIN);
 if (scoreMinStr != NULL)
     {
     int scoreMin = atoi(scoreMinStr);
     // maxShade=9 taken from hgTracks/simpleTracks.c.  Ignore the 10 in shadesOfGray[10+1] --
     // maxShade is used to access the array.
     int maxShade = 9;
     int scoreMinGrayLevel = scoreMin * maxShade/scoreMax;
     if (scoreMinGrayLevel <= 0) scoreMinGrayLevel = 1;
     char *setting = trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, MIN_GRAY_LEVEL);
     int minGrayLevel = cartUsualIntClosestToHome(cart, tdb, parentLevel, MIN_GRAY_LEVEL,
                         setting ? atoi(setting) : scoreMinGrayLevel);
     if (minGrayLevel <= 0) minGrayLevel = 1;
     if (minGrayLevel > maxShade) minGrayLevel = maxShade;
     puts("\n<B>Shade of lowest-scoring items: </B>");
     // Add javascript to select so that its color is consistent with option colors:
     int level = 255 - (255*minGrayLevel / maxShade);
     printf("<SELECT NAME=\"%s.%s\" STYLE='color: #%02x%02x%02x' class='normalText'",
            prefix, MIN_GRAY_LEVEL, level, level, level);
     int i;
-#ifdef OMIT
-    // IE works without this code and FF doesn't work with it.
-    printf(" onchange=\"switch(this.value) {");
-    for (i = 1;  i < maxShade;  i++)
-        {
-        level = 255 - (255*i / maxShade);
-        printf("case '%d': $(this).css('color','#%02x%02x%02x'); break; ",i, level, level, level);
-        }
-    level = 255 - (255*i / maxShade);
-    printf("default: $(this).css('color','#%02x%02x%02x'); }\"", level, level, level);
-#endif//def OMIT
     puts(">\n");
     // Use class to set color of each option:
     for (i = 1;  i <= maxShade;  i++)
         {
         level = 255 - (255*i / maxShade);
         printf("<OPTION%s STYLE='color: #%02x%02x%02x' VALUE=%d>",
                (minGrayLevel == i ? " SELECTED" : ""), level, level, level, i);
         if (i == maxShade)
             printf("&bull; black</OPTION>\n");
         else
             printf("&bull; gray (%d%%)</OPTION>\n", i * (100/maxShade));
         }
     printf("</SELECT>\n");
     }
 }
 
 static boolean getScoreDefaultsFromTdb(struct trackDb *tdb, char *scoreName,char *defaults,
                                        char**min,char**max)
 // returns TRUE if defaults exist and sets the string pointer (because they may be float or int)
 // if min or max are set, then they should be freed
 {
 if (min)
     *min = NULL; // default these outs!
 if (max)
     *max = NULL;
 char *setting = trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, scoreName);
 if (setting)
     {
     if (strchr(setting,':') != NULL)
         return colonPairToStrings(setting,min,max);
     else if (min)
         *min = cloneString(setting);
     return TRUE;
     }
 return FALSE;
 }
 
 static boolean getScoreLimitsFromTdb(struct trackDb *tdb, char *scoreName,char *defaults,
                                      char**min,char**max)
 // returns TRUE if limits exist and sets the string pointer (because they may be float or int)
 // if min or max are set, then they should be freed
 {
 if (min)
     *min = NULL; // default these outs!
 if (max)
     *max = NULL;
 char scoreLimitName[128];
 safef(scoreLimitName, sizeof(scoreLimitName), "%s%s", scoreName, _LIMITS);
 char *setting = trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, scoreLimitName);
 if (setting)
     {
     return colonPairToStrings(setting,min,max);
     }
 else
     {
     if (min)
         {
         safef(scoreLimitName, sizeof(scoreLimitName), "%s%s", scoreName, _MIN);
         setting = trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, scoreLimitName);
         if (setting)
             *min = cloneString(setting);
         }
     if (max)
         {
         safef(scoreLimitName, sizeof(scoreLimitName), "%s%s", scoreName, _MAX);
         setting = trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, scoreLimitName);
         if (setting)
             *max = cloneString(setting);
         }
     return TRUE;
     }
 if (defaults != NULL && ((min && *min == NULL) || (max && *max == NULL)))
     {
     char *minLoc=NULL;
     char *maxLoc=NULL;
     if (colonPairToStrings(defaults,&minLoc,&maxLoc))
         {
         if (min && *min == NULL && minLoc != NULL)
             *min=minLoc;
         else
             freeMem(minLoc);
         if (max && *max == NULL && maxLoc != NULL)
             *max=maxLoc;
         else
             freeMem(maxLoc);
         return TRUE;
         }
     }
 return FALSE;
 }
 
 static void getScoreIntRangeFromCart(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, boolean parentLevel,
                                  char *scoreName, int *limitMin, int *limitMax,int *min,int *max)
 // gets an integer score range from the cart, but the limits from trackDb
 // for any of the pointers provided, will return a value found, if found, else it's contents
 // are undisturbed (use NO_VALUE to recognize unavaliable values)
 {
 char scoreLimitName[128];
 char *deMin=NULL,*deMax=NULL;
 if ((limitMin || limitMax) && getScoreLimitsFromTdb(tdb,scoreName,NULL,&deMin,&deMax))
     {
     if (deMin != NULL && limitMin)
         *limitMin = atoi(deMin);
     if (deMax != NULL && limitMax)
         *limitMax = atoi(deMax);
     freeMem(deMin);
     freeMem(deMax);
     }
 if ((min || max) && getScoreDefaultsFromTdb(tdb,scoreName,NULL,&deMin,&deMax))
     {
     if (deMin != NULL && min)
         *min = atoi(deMin);
     if (deMax != NULL && max)
         *max =atoi(deMax);
     freeMem(deMin);
     freeMem(deMax);
     }
 if (max)
     {
     safef(scoreLimitName, sizeof(scoreLimitName), "%s%s", scoreName, _MAX);
     deMax = cartOptionalStringClosestToHome(cart, tdb,parentLevel,scoreLimitName);
     if (deMax != NULL)
         *max = atoi(deMax);
     }
 if (min)
     {                                                           // Warning: name changes if max!
     safef(scoreLimitName, sizeof(scoreLimitName), "%s%s", scoreName, (max && deMax? _MIN:""));
     deMin = cartOptionalStringClosestToHome(cart, tdb,parentLevel,scoreLimitName);
     if (deMin != NULL)
         *min = atoi(deMin);
     }
 // Defaulting min and max within limits.  Sorry for the horizontal ifs,
 // but stacking the group makes them easier to follow
 if (min && limitMin
 && *limitMin != NO_VALUE && (*min == NO_VALUE || *min < *limitMin)) *min = *limitMin;
 if (min && limitMax
 && *limitMax != NO_VALUE &&                      *min > *limitMax)  *min = *limitMax;
 if (max && limitMax
 && *limitMax != NO_VALUE && (*max == NO_VALUE || *max > *limitMax)) *max = *limitMax;
 if (max && limitMin
 && *limitMin != NO_VALUE &&                      *max < *limitMin)  *max = *limitMin;
 }
 
 static void getScoreFloatRangeFromCart(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, boolean parentLevel,
                          char *scoreName, double *limitMin,double *limitMax,double*min,double*max)
 // gets an double score range from the cart, but the limits from trackDb
 // for any of the pointers provided, will return a value found, if found, else it's contents
 // are undisturbed (use NO_VALUE to recognize unavaliable values)
 {
 char scoreLimitName[128];
 char *deMin=NULL,*deMax=NULL;
 if ((limitMin || limitMax) && getScoreLimitsFromTdb(tdb,scoreName,NULL,&deMin,&deMax))
     {
     if (deMin != NULL && limitMin)
         *limitMin = strtod(deMin,NULL);
     if (deMax != NULL && limitMax)
         *limitMax =strtod(deMax,NULL);
     freeMem(deMin);
     freeMem(deMax);
     }
 if ((min || max) && getScoreDefaultsFromTdb(tdb,scoreName,NULL,&deMin,&deMax))
     {
     if (deMin != NULL && min)
         *min = strtod(deMin,NULL);
     if (deMax != NULL && max)
         *max =strtod(deMax,NULL);
     freeMem(deMin);
     freeMem(deMax);
     }
 if (max)
     {
     safef(scoreLimitName, sizeof(scoreLimitName), "%s%s", scoreName, _MAX);
     deMax = cartOptionalStringClosestToHome(cart, tdb,parentLevel,scoreLimitName);
     if (deMax != NULL)
         *max = strtod(deMax,NULL);
     }
 if (min)
     {                                                // name is always {filterName}Min
     safef(scoreLimitName, sizeof(scoreLimitName), "%s%s", scoreName, _MIN);
     deMin = cartOptionalStringClosestToHome(cart, tdb,parentLevel,scoreLimitName);
     if (deMin != NULL)
         *min = strtod(deMin,NULL);
     }
 // Defaulting min and max within limits.  Sorry for the horizontal ifs,
 // but stacking the group makes them easier to follow
 if (min && limitMin
 && (int)(*limitMin) != NO_VALUE && ((int)(*min) == NO_VALUE || *min < *limitMin)) *min = *limitMin;
 if (min && limitMax
 && (int)(*limitMax) != NO_VALUE &&                             *min > *limitMax)  *min = *limitMax;
 if (max && limitMax
 && (int)(*limitMax) != NO_VALUE && ((int)(*max) == NO_VALUE || *max > *limitMax)) *max = *limitMax;
 if (max && limitMin
 && (int)(*limitMin) != NO_VALUE &&                             *max < *limitMin)  *max = *limitMin;
 }
 
 static boolean showScoreFilter(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, boolean *opened,
                                boolean boxed, boolean parentLevel,char *name, char *title,
                                char *label, char *scoreName, boolean isFloat)
 // Shows a score filter control with minimum value and optional range
 {
 char *setting = trackDbSetting(tdb, scoreName);
 if (setting)
     {
     if (*opened == FALSE)
         {
         boxed = cfgBeginBoxAndTitle(tdb, boxed, title);
         puts("<TABLE>");
         *opened = TRUE;
         }
     printf("<TR><TD align='right'><B>%s:</B><TD align='left'>",label);
     char varName[256];
     char altLabel[256];
     safef(varName, sizeof(varName), "%s%s", scoreName, _BY_RANGE);
     boolean filterByRange = trackDbSettingClosestToHomeOn(tdb, varName);
     // NOTE: could determine isFloat = (strchr(setting,'.') != NULL);
     //       However, historical trackDb settings of pValueFilter did not always contain '.'
     if (isFloat)
         {
         double minLimit=NO_VALUE,maxLimit=NO_VALUE;
         double minVal=minLimit,maxVal=maxLimit;
         colonPairToDoubles(setting,&minVal,&maxVal);
         getScoreFloatRangeFromCart(cart,tdb,parentLevel,scoreName,&minLimit,&maxLimit,
                                                                   &minVal,  &maxVal);
         safef(varName, sizeof(varName), "%s.%s%s", name, scoreName, _MIN);
         safef(altLabel, sizeof(altLabel), "%s%s", (filterByRange ? "Minimum " : ""),
               htmlEncode(htmlTextStripTags(label)));
         cgiMakeDoubleVarWithLimits(varName,minVal, altLabel, 0,minLimit, maxLimit);
         if (filterByRange)
             {
             printf("<TD align='left'>to<TD align='left'>");
             safef(varName, sizeof(varName), "%s.%s%s", name, scoreName, _MAX);
             safef(altLabel, sizeof(altLabel), "%s%s", (filterByRange?"Maximum ":""), label);
             cgiMakeDoubleVarWithLimits(varName,maxVal, altLabel, 0,minLimit, maxLimit);
             }
         safef(altLabel, sizeof(altLabel), "%s", (filterByRange?"": "colspan=3"));
         if (minLimit != NO_VALUE && maxLimit != NO_VALUE)
             printf("<TD align='left'%s> (%g to %g)",altLabel,minLimit, maxLimit);
         else if (minLimit != NO_VALUE)
             printf("<TD align='left'%s> (minimum %g)",altLabel,minLimit);
         else if (maxLimit != NO_VALUE)
             printf("<TD align='left'%s> (maximum %g)",altLabel,maxLimit);
         else
             printf("<TD align='left'%s",altLabel);
         }
     else
         {
         int minLimit=NO_VALUE,maxLimit=NO_VALUE;
         int minVal=minLimit,maxVal=maxLimit;
         colonPairToInts(setting,&minVal,&maxVal);
         getScoreIntRangeFromCart(cart,tdb,parentLevel,scoreName,&minLimit,&maxLimit,
                                                                 &minVal,  &maxVal);
         safef(varName, sizeof(varName), "%s.%s%s", name, scoreName, filterByRange ? _MIN:"");
         safef(altLabel, sizeof(altLabel), "%s%s", (filterByRange?"Minimum ":""), label);
         cgiMakeIntVarWithLimits(varName,minVal, altLabel, 0,minLimit, maxLimit);
         if (filterByRange)
             {
             printf("<TD align='left'>to<TD align='left'>");
             safef(varName, sizeof(varName), "%s.%s%s", name, scoreName, _MAX);
             safef(altLabel, sizeof(altLabel), "%s%s", (filterByRange?"Maximum ":""), label);
             cgiMakeIntVarWithLimits(varName,maxVal, altLabel, 0,minLimit, maxLimit);
             }
         safef(altLabel, sizeof(altLabel), "%s", (filterByRange?"": "colspan=3"));
         if (minLimit != NO_VALUE && maxLimit != NO_VALUE)
             printf("<TD align='left'%s> (%d to %d)",altLabel,minLimit, maxLimit);
         else if (minLimit != NO_VALUE)
             printf("<TD align='left'%s> (minimum %d)",altLabel,minLimit);
         else if (maxLimit != NO_VALUE)
             printf("<TD align='left'%s> (maximum %d)",altLabel,maxLimit);
         else
             printf("<TD align='left'%s",altLabel);
         }
     puts("</TR>");
     return TRUE;
     }
 return FALSE;
 }
 
 
 static int numericFiltersShowAll(char *db, struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, boolean *opened,
                                  boolean boxed, boolean parentLevel,char *name, char *title)
 // Shows all *Filter style filters.  Note that these are in random order and have no graceful title
 {
 int count = 0;
 struct slName *filterSettings = trackDbSettingsWildMatch(tdb, "*Filter");
 if (filterSettings)
     {
     puts("<BR>");
     struct slName *filter = NULL;
 #ifdef EXTRA_FIELDS_SUPPORT
     struct extraField *extras = extraFieldsGet(db,tdb);
 #else///ifndef EXTRA_FIELDS_SUPPORT
     struct sqlConnection *conn = hAllocConnTrack(db, tdb);
     struct asObject *as = asForTdb(conn, tdb);
     hFreeConn(&conn);
 #endif///ndef EXTRA_FIELDS_SUPPORT
 
     while ((filter = slPopHead(&filterSettings)) != NULL)
         {
         if (differentString(filter->name,NO_SCORE_FILTER)
         &&  differentString(filter->name,SCORE_FILTER)) // TODO: scoreFilter could be included
             {
             // Determine floating point or integer
             char *setting = trackDbSetting(tdb, filter->name);
             boolean isFloat = (strchr(setting,'.') != NULL);
 
             char *scoreName = cloneString(filter->name);
             char *field = filter->name;   // No need to clone: will be thrown away at end of cycle
             int ix = strlen(field) - strlen("Filter");
             assert(ix > 0);
             field[ix] = '\0';
 
         #ifdef EXTRA_FIELDS_SUPPORT
             if (extras != NULL)
                 {
                 struct extraField *extra = extraFieldsFind(extras, field);
                 if (extra != NULL)
                     { // Found label so replace field
                     field = extra->label;
                     if (!isFloat)
                         isFloat = (extra->type == ftFloat);
                     }
                 }
         #else///ifndef EXTRA_FIELDS_SUPPORT
             if (as != NULL)
                 {
                 struct asColumn *asCol = asColumnFind(as, field);
                 if (asCol != NULL)
                     { // Found label so replace field
                     field = asCol->comment;
                     if (!isFloat)
                         isFloat = asTypesIsFloating(asCol->lowType->type);
                     }
                 }
         #endif///ndef EXTRA_FIELDS_SUPPORT
             // FIXME: Label munging should be localized to showScoreFilter()
             //  when that function is simplified
             char varName[256];
             char label[128];
             safef(varName, sizeof(varName), "%s%s", scoreName, _BY_RANGE);
             boolean filterByRange = trackDbSettingClosestToHomeOn(tdb, varName);
             safef(label, sizeof(label),"%s%s", filterByRange ? "": "Minimum ", field);
 
             showScoreFilter(cart,tdb,opened,boxed,parentLevel,name,title,label,scoreName,isFloat);
             freeMem(scoreName);
             count++;
             }
         slNameFree(&filter);
         }
 #ifdef EXTRA_FIELDS_SUPPORT
     if (extras != NULL)
         extraFieldsFree(&extras);
 #else///ifndef EXTRA_FIELDS_SUPPORT
     if (as != NULL)
         asObjectFree(&as);
 #endif///ndef EXTRA_FIELDS_SUPPORT
     }
 if (count > 0)
     puts("</TABLE>");
 return count;
 }
 
 
 boolean bedScoreHasCfgUi(struct trackDb *tdb)
 // Confirms that this track has a bedScore Cfg UI
 {
 // Assumes that cfgType == cfgBedScore
 if (trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, FILTER_BY))
     return TRUE;
 if (trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, GRAY_LEVEL_SCORE_MIN))
     return TRUE;
 boolean blocked = FALSE;
 struct slName *filterSettings = trackDbSettingsWildMatch(tdb, "*Filter");
 if (filterSettings != NULL)
     {
     boolean one = FALSE;
     struct slName *oneFilter = filterSettings;
     for (;oneFilter != NULL;oneFilter=oneFilter->next)
         {
         if (sameWord(NO_SCORE_FILTER,oneFilter->name))
             {
             blocked = TRUE;
             continue;
             }
         if (differentString(oneFilter->name,SCORE_FILTER)) // scoreFilter is implicit
             {                                              // but could be blocked
             one = TRUE;
             break;
             }
         }
     slNameFreeList(&filterSettings);
     if (one)
         return TRUE;
     }
 if (!blocked)  // scoreFilter is implicit unless NO_SCORE_FILTER
     return TRUE;
 
 return FALSE;
 }
 
 
 void scoreCfgUi(char *db, struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, char *name, char *title,
                 int maxScore, boolean boxed)
 // Put up UI for filtering bed track based on a score
 {
 char option[256];
 boolean parentLevel = isNameAtParentLevel(tdb,name);
 boolean skipScoreFilter = FALSE;
 boolean bigBed = startsWith("bigBed",tdb->type);
 
 if (!bigBed)  // bigBed filters are limited!
     {
     // Numeric filters are first
     boolean isBoxOpened = FALSE;
     if (numericFiltersShowAll(db, cart, tdb, &isBoxOpened, boxed, parentLevel, name, title) > 0)
         skipScoreFilter = TRUE;
 
     // Add any multi-selects next
     filterBy_t *filterBySet = filterBySetGet(tdb,cart,name);
     if (filterBySet != NULL)
         {
         if (!tdbIsComposite(tdb) && cartOptionalString(cart, "ajax") == NULL)
             jsIncludeFile("hui.js",NULL);
 
         if (!isBoxOpened)   // Note filterBy boxes are not double "boxed",
             printf("<BR>"); // if there are no other filters
         filterBySetCfgUi(cart,tdb,filterBySet,TRUE);
         filterBySetFree(&filterBySet);
         skipScoreFilter = TRUE;
         }
 
     // For no good reason scoreFilter is incompatible with filterBy and or numericFilters
     // FIXME scoreFilter should be implemented inside numericFilters and is currently specificly
     //       excluded to avoid unexpected changes
     if (skipScoreFilter)
         {
         if (isBoxOpened)
             cfgEndBox(boxed);
 
         return; // Cannot have both '*filter' and 'scoreFilter'
         }
     }
 
 boolean scoreFilterOk = (trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, NO_SCORE_FILTER) == NULL);
 boolean glvlScoreMin = (trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, GRAY_LEVEL_SCORE_MIN) != NULL);
 if (! (scoreFilterOk || glvlScoreMin))
     return;
 boxed = cfgBeginBoxAndTitle(tdb, boxed, title);
 
 if (scoreFilterOk)
     {
     int minLimit=0,maxLimit=maxScore,minVal=0,maxVal=maxScore;
     getScoreIntRangeFromCart(cart,tdb,parentLevel,SCORE_FILTER,&minLimit,&maxLimit,
                                                                &minVal,  &maxVal);
 
     boolean filterByRange = trackDbSettingClosestToHomeOn(tdb, SCORE_FILTER _BY_RANGE);
     if (!bigBed && filterByRange)
         {
         puts("<B>Filter score range:  min:</B>");
         safef(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name,SCORE_FILTER _MIN);
         cgiMakeIntVarWithLimits(option, minVal, "Minimum score",0, minLimit,maxLimit);
         puts("<B>max:</B>");
         safef(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name,SCORE_FILTER _MAX);
         cgiMakeIntVarWithLimits(option, maxVal, "Maximum score",0,minLimit,maxLimit);
         printf("(%d to %d)\n",minLimit,maxLimit);
         }
     else
         {
         printf("<b>Show only items with score at or above:</b> ");
         safef(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name,SCORE_FILTER);
         cgiMakeIntVarWithLimits(option, minVal, "Minimum score",0, minLimit,maxLimit);
         printf("&nbsp;&nbsp;(range: %d to %d)\n", minLimit, maxLimit);
         if (!boxed)
             printf("<BR>\n");
         }
     if (glvlScoreMin)
         printf("<BR>");
     }
 
 if (glvlScoreMin)
     scoreGrayLevelCfgUi(cart, tdb, name, maxScore);
 
 if (!bigBed)
     {
     // filter top-scoring N items in track
     char *scoreCtString = trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, "filterTopScorers");
     if (scoreCtString != NULL)
         {
         // show only top-scoring items. This option only displayed if trackDb
         // setting exists.  Format:  filterTopScorers <on|off> <count> <table>
         char *words[2];
         char *scoreFilterCt = NULL;
         chopLine(cloneString(scoreCtString), words);
         safef(option, sizeof(option), "%s.filterTopScorersOn", name);
         bool doScoreCtFilter =
             cartUsualBooleanClosestToHome(cart, tdb, parentLevel, "filterTopScorersOn",
                                           sameString(words[0], "on"));
         puts("<P>");
         cgiMakeCheckBox(option, doScoreCtFilter);
         safef(option, sizeof(option), "%s.filterTopScorersCt", name);
         scoreFilterCt = cartUsualStringClosestToHome(cart, tdb, parentLevel, "filterTopScorersCt",
                                                      words[1]);
 
         puts("&nbsp; <B> Show only items in top-scoring </B>");
         cgiMakeIntVarWithLimits(option,atoi(scoreFilterCt),"Top-scoring count",0,1,100000);
         //* Only check size of table if track does not have subtracks */
         if ( !parentLevel && hTableExists(db, tdb->table))
             printf("&nbsp; (range: 1 to 100,000 total items: %d)\n",getTableSize(db, tdb->table));
         else
             printf("&nbsp; (range: 1 to 100,000)\n");
         }
     }
 cfgEndBox(boxed);
 }
 
 // Moved from hgTrackUi for consistency
 static void filterByChromCfgUi(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb)
 {
 char filterVar[256];
 char *filterVal = "";
 
 printf("<p><b>Filter by chromosome (e.g. chr10):</b> ");
 safef(filterVar, sizeof(filterVar), "%s.chromFilter", tdb->track);
 (void) cartUsualString(cart, filterVar, filterVal);  // ignore returned setting
 cgiMakeTextVar(filterVar, cartUsualString(cart, filterVar, ""), 15);
 }
 
 // Moved from hgTrackUi for consistency
 void crossSpeciesCfgUi(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb)
 // Put up UI for selecting rainbow chromosome color or intensity score.
 {
 char colorVar[256];
 char *colorSetting;
 // initial value of chromosome coloring option is "on", unless
 // overridden by the colorChromDefault setting in the track
 char *colorDefault = trackDbSettingOrDefault(tdb, "colorChromDefault", "on");
 
 printf("<p><b>Color track based on chromosome:</b> ");
 safef(colorVar, sizeof(colorVar), "%s.color", tdb->track);
 colorSetting = cartUsualString(cart, colorVar, colorDefault);
 cgiMakeRadioButton(colorVar, "on", sameString(colorSetting, "on"));
 printf(" on ");
 cgiMakeRadioButton(colorVar, "off", sameString(colorSetting, "off"));
 printf(" off ");
 printf("<br><br>");
 filterByChromCfgUi(cart,tdb);
 }
 
 void pslCfgUi(char *db, struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, char *name, char *title,
               boolean boxed)
 /* Put up UI for psl tracks */
 {
 boxed = cfgBeginBoxAndTitle(tdb, boxed, title);
 
 char *typeLine = cloneString(tdb->type);
 char *words[8];
 int wordCount = wordCount = chopLine(typeLine, words);
 if (wordCount == 3 && sameWord(words[1], "xeno"))
     crossSpeciesCfgUi(cart,tdb);
 baseColorDropLists(cart, tdb, name);
 indelShowOptionsWithName(cart, tdb, name);
 cfgEndBox(boxed);
 }
 
 
 void netAlignCfgUi(char *db, struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, char *prefix, char *title,
                    boolean boxed)
 /* Put up UI for net tracks */
 {
 boxed = cfgBeginBoxAndTitle(tdb, boxed, title);
 
 boolean parentLevel = isNameAtParentLevel(tdb,prefix);
 
 enum netColorEnum netColor = netFetchColorOption(cart, tdb, parentLevel);
 
 char optString[256];    /*      our option strings here */
 safef(optString, ArraySize(optString), "%s.%s", prefix, NET_COLOR );
 printf("<p><b>Color nets by:&nbsp;</b>");
 netColorDropDown(optString, netColorEnumToString(netColor));
 
 #ifdef NOT_YET
 enum netLevelEnum netLevel = netFetchLevelOption(cart, tdb, parentLevel);
 
 safef( optString, ArraySize(optString), "%s.%s", prefix, NET_LEVEL );
 printf("<p><b>Limit display of nets to:&nbsp;</b>");
 netLevelDropDown(optString, netLevelEnumToString(netLevel));
 #endif
 
 cfgEndBox(boxed);
 }
 
 void chainCfgUi(char *db, struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, char *prefix, char *title,
                 boolean boxed, char *chromosome)
 /* Put up UI for chain tracks */
 {
 boxed = cfgBeginBoxAndTitle(tdb, boxed, title);
 
 boolean parentLevel = isNameAtParentLevel(tdb,prefix);
 
 enum chainColorEnum chainColor = chainFetchColorOption(cart, tdb, parentLevel);
 
 /* check if we have normalized scores available */
 boolean normScoreAvailable = chainDbNormScoreAvailable(tdb);
 
 char optString[256];
 if (normScoreAvailable)
     {
     safef(optString, ArraySize(optString), "%s.%s", prefix, OPT_CHROM_COLORS );
     printf("<p><b>Color chains by:&nbsp;</b>");
     chainColorDropDown(optString, chainColorEnumToString(chainColor));
     }
 else
     {
     printf("<p><b>Color track based on chromosome:</b>&nbsp;");
 
     char optString[256];
     /* initial value of chromosome coloring option is "on", unless
      * overridden by the colorChromDefault setting in the track */
     char *binaryColorDefault =
 	    trackDbSettingClosestToHomeOrDefault(tdb, "colorChromDefault", "on");
     /* allow cart to override trackDb setting */
     safef(optString, sizeof(optString), "%s.color", prefix);
     char * colorSetting = cartUsualStringClosestToHome(cart, tdb,
                                                        parentLevel, "color", binaryColorDefault);
     cgiMakeRadioButton(optString, "on", sameString(colorSetting, "on"));
     printf(" on ");
     cgiMakeRadioButton(optString, "off", sameString(colorSetting, "off"));
     printf(" off ");
     printf("<br>\n");
     }
 
 printf("<p><b>Filter by chromosome (e.g. chr10):</b> ");
 safef(optString, ArraySize(optString), "%s.%s", prefix, OPT_CHROM_FILTER);
 cgiMakeTextVar(optString, cartUsualStringClosestToHome(cart, tdb, parentLevel,
                                                        OPT_CHROM_FILTER, ""), 15);
 
 if (normScoreAvailable)
     scoreCfgUi(db, cart,tdb,prefix,NULL,CHAIN_SCORE_MAXIMUM,FALSE);
 
 
 wigOption(cart, prefix, title, tdb);
 cfgEndBox(boxed);
 }
 
 struct dyString *dyAddFilterAsInt(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb,
                                   struct dyString *extraWhere,char *filter,
                                   char *defaultLimits, char*field, boolean *and)
 // creates the where clause condition to support numeric int filter range.
 // Filters are expected to follow
 //      {fiterName}: trackDb min or min:max - default value(s);
 //      {filterName}Min or {filterName}: min (user supplied) cart variable;
 //      {filterName}Max: max (user supplied) cart variable;
 //      {filterName}Limits: trackDb allowed range "0:1000" Optional
 //         uses:{filterName}Min: old trackDb value if {filterName}Limits not found
 //              {filterName}Max: old trackDb value if {filterName}Limits not found
 //              defaultLimits: function param if no tdb limits settings found)
 // The 'and' param and dyString in/out allows stringing multiple where clauses together
 {
 char filterLimitName[64];
 if (sameWord(filter,NO_SCORE_FILTER))
     safef(filterLimitName, sizeof(filterLimitName), "%s", NO_SCORE_FILTER);
 else
     safef(filterLimitName, sizeof(filterLimitName), "%s%s", filter,_NO);
 if (trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, filterLimitName) != NULL)
     return extraWhere;
 
 char *setting = NULL;
 if (differentWord(filter,SCORE_FILTER))
     setting = trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, filter);
 else
     setting = trackDbSettingClosestToHomeOrDefault(tdb, filter,"0:1000");
 if (setting || sameWord(filter,NO_SCORE_FILTER))
     {
     boolean invalid = FALSE;
     int minValueTdb = 0,maxValueTdb = NO_VALUE;
     colonPairToInts(setting,&minValueTdb,&maxValueTdb);
     int minLimit=NO_VALUE,maxLimit=NO_VALUE,min=minValueTdb,max=maxValueTdb;
     colonPairToInts(defaultLimits,&minLimit,&maxLimit);
     getScoreIntRangeFromCart(cart,tdb,FALSE,filter,&minLimit,&maxLimit,&min,&max);
     if (minLimit != NO_VALUE || maxLimit != NO_VALUE)
         {
         // assume tdb default values within range!
         // (don't give user errors that have no consequence)
         if ((min != minValueTdb && ((minLimit != NO_VALUE && min < minLimit)
                                 || (maxLimit != NO_VALUE && min > maxLimit)))
         || (max != maxValueTdb && ((minLimit != NO_VALUE && max < minLimit)
                                 || (maxLimit != NO_VALUE && max > maxLimit))))
             {
             invalid = TRUE;
             char value[64];
             if (max == NO_VALUE) // min only is allowed, but max only is not
                 safef(value, sizeof(value), "entered minimum (%d)", min);
             else
                 safef(value, sizeof(value), "entered range (min:%d and max:%d)", min, max);
             char limits[64];
             if (minLimit != NO_VALUE && maxLimit != NO_VALUE)
                 safef(limits, sizeof(limits), "violates limits (%d to %d)", minLimit, maxLimit);
             else if (minLimit != NO_VALUE)
                 safef(limits, sizeof(limits), "violates lower limit (%d)", minLimit);
             else //if (maxLimit != NO_VALUE)
                 safef(limits, sizeof(limits), "violates uppper limit (%d)", maxLimit);
             warn("invalid filter by %s: %s %s for track %s", field, value, limits, tdb->track);
             }
         }
     // else no default limits!
     if (invalid)
         {
         safef(filterLimitName, sizeof(filterLimitName), "%s%s", filter, (max!=NO_VALUE?_MIN:""));
         cartRemoveVariableClosestToHome(cart,tdb,FALSE,filterLimitName);
         safef(filterLimitName, sizeof(filterLimitName), "%s%s", filter, _MAX);
         cartRemoveVariableClosestToHome(cart,tdb,FALSE,filterLimitName);
         }
     else if ((min != NO_VALUE && (minLimit == NO_VALUE || minLimit != min))
          ||  (max != NO_VALUE && (maxLimit == NO_VALUE || maxLimit != max)))
          // Assumes min==NO_VALUE or min==minLimit is no filter
          // Assumes max==NO_VALUE or max==maxLimit is no filter!
         {
         if (max == NO_VALUE || (maxLimit != NO_VALUE && maxLimit == max))
             dyStringPrintf(extraWhere, "%s(%s >= %d)", (*and?" and ":""),field,min);  // min only
         else if (min == NO_VALUE || (minLimit != NO_VALUE && minLimit == min))
             dyStringPrintf(extraWhere, "%s(%s <= %d)", (*and?" and ":""),field,max);  // max only
         else
             dyStringPrintf(extraWhere, "%s(%s BETWEEN %d and %d)", (*and?" and ":""), // both
                            field,min,max);
         *and=TRUE;
         }
     }
 //if (dyStringLen(extraWhere))
 //    warn("SELECT FROM %s WHERE %s",tdb->table,dyStringContents(extraWhere));
 return extraWhere;
 }
 
 struct dyString *dyAddFilterAsDouble(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb,
                                      struct dyString *extraWhere,char *filter,
                                      char *defaultLimits, char*field, boolean *and)
 // creates the where clause condition to support numeric double filters.
 // Filters are expected to follow
 //      {fiterName}: trackDb min or min:max - default value(s);
 //      {filterName}Min or {filterName}: min (user supplied) cart variable;
 //      {filterName}Max: max (user supplied) cart variable;
 //      {filterName}Limits: trackDb allowed range "0.0:10.0" Optional
 //          uses:  defaultLimits: function param if no tdb limits settings found)
 // The 'and' param and dyString in/out allows stringing multiple where clauses together
 {
 char *setting = trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, filter);
 if (setting)
     {
     boolean invalid = FALSE;
     double minValueTdb = 0,maxValueTdb = NO_VALUE;
     colonPairToDoubles(setting,&minValueTdb,&maxValueTdb);
     double minLimit=NO_VALUE,maxLimit=NO_VALUE,min=minValueTdb,max=maxValueTdb;
     colonPairToDoubles(defaultLimits,&minLimit,&maxLimit);
     getScoreFloatRangeFromCart(cart,tdb,FALSE,filter,&minLimit,&maxLimit,&min,&max);
     if ((int)minLimit != NO_VALUE || (int)maxLimit != NO_VALUE)
         {
         // assume tdb default values within range!
         // (don't give user errors that have no consequence)
         if ((min != minValueTdb && (((int)minLimit != NO_VALUE && min < minLimit)
                                 || ((int)maxLimit != NO_VALUE && min > maxLimit)))
         ||  (max != maxValueTdb && (((int)minLimit != NO_VALUE && max < minLimit)
                                 || ((int)maxLimit != NO_VALUE && max > maxLimit))))
             {
             invalid = TRUE;
             char value[64];
             if ((int)max == NO_VALUE) // min only is allowed, but max only is not
                 safef(value, sizeof(value), "entered minimum (%g)", min);
             else
                 safef(value, sizeof(value), "entered range (min:%g and max:%g)", min, max);
             char limits[64];
             if ((int)minLimit != NO_VALUE && (int)maxLimit != NO_VALUE)
                 safef(limits, sizeof(limits), "violates limits (%g to %g)", minLimit, maxLimit);
             else if ((int)minLimit != NO_VALUE)
                 safef(limits, sizeof(limits), "violates lower limit (%g)", minLimit);
             else //if ((int)maxLimit != NO_VALUE)
                 safef(limits, sizeof(limits), "violates uppper limit (%g)", maxLimit);
             warn("invalid filter by %s: %s %s for track %s", field, value, limits, tdb->track);
             }
         }
     if (invalid)
         {
         char filterLimitName[64];
         safef(filterLimitName, sizeof(filterLimitName), "%s%s", filter, _MIN);
         cartRemoveVariableClosestToHome(cart,tdb,FALSE,filterLimitName);
         safef(filterLimitName, sizeof(filterLimitName), "%s%s", filter, _MAX);
         cartRemoveVariableClosestToHome(cart,tdb,FALSE,filterLimitName);
         }
     else if (((int)min != NO_VALUE && ((int)minLimit == NO_VALUE || minLimit != min))
          ||  ((int)max != NO_VALUE && ((int)maxLimit == NO_VALUE || maxLimit != max)))
          // Assumes min==NO_VALUE or min==minLimit is no filter
          // Assumes max==NO_VALUE or max==maxLimit is no filter!
         {
         if ((int)max == NO_VALUE || ((int)maxLimit != NO_VALUE && maxLimit == max))
             dyStringPrintf(extraWhere, "%s(%s >= %g)", (*and?" and ":""),field,min);  // min only
         else if ((int)min == NO_VALUE || ((int)minLimit != NO_VALUE && minLimit == min))
             dyStringPrintf(extraWhere, "%s(%s <= %g)", (*and?" and ":""),field,max);  // max only
         else
             dyStringPrintf(extraWhere, "%s(%s BETWEEN %g and %g)", (*and?" and ":""), // both
                            field,min,max);
         *and=TRUE;
         }
     }
 //if (dyStringLen(extraWhere))
 //    warn("SELECT FROM %s WHERE %s",tdb->table,dyStringContents(extraWhere));
 return extraWhere;
 }
 
 struct dyString *dyAddAllScoreFilters(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb,
                                       struct dyString *extraWhere,boolean *and)
 // creates the where clause condition to gather together all random double filters
 // Filters are expected to follow
 //      {fiterName}: trackDb min or min:max - default value(s);
 //      {filterName}Min or {filterName}: min (user supplied) cart variable;
 //      {filterName}Max: max (user supplied) cart variable;
 //      {filterName}Limits: trackDb allowed range "0.0:10.0" Optional
 //          uses:  defaultLimits: function param if no tdb limits settings found)
 // The 'and' param and dyString in/out allows stringing multiple where clauses together
 {
 struct slName *filterSettings = trackDbSettingsWildMatch(tdb, "*Filter");
 if (filterSettings)
     {
     struct slName *filter = NULL;
     while ((filter = slPopHead(&filterSettings)) != NULL)
         {
         if (differentString(filter->name,"noScoreFilter")
         &&  differentString(filter->name,"scoreFilter")) // TODO: scoreFilter could be included
             {
             char *field = cloneString(filter->name);
             int ix = strlen(field) - strlen("filter");
             assert(ix > 0);
             field[ix] = '\0';
             char *setting = trackDbSetting(tdb, filter->name);
             // How to determine float or int ?
             // If actual tracDb setting has decimal places, then float!
             if (strchr(setting,'.') == NULL)
                 extraWhere = dyAddFilterAsInt(cart,tdb,extraWhere,filter->name,"0:1000",field,and);
             else
                 extraWhere = dyAddFilterAsDouble(cart,tdb,extraWhere,filter->name,NULL,field,and);
             }
         slNameFree(&filter);
         }
     }
 return extraWhere;
 }
 
 boolean encodePeakHasCfgUi(struct trackDb *tdb)
 // Confirms that this track has encode Peak cfgUI
 {
 if (sameWord("narrowPeak",tdb->type)
 ||  sameWord("broadPeak", tdb->type)
 ||  sameWord("encodePeak",tdb->type)
 ||  sameWord("gappedPeak",tdb->type))
     {
     return (trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, SCORE_FILTER )
         ||  trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, SIGNAL_FILTER)
         ||  trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, PVALUE_FILTER)
         ||  trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, QVALUE_FILTER)
         ||  trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, SCORE_FILTER ));
     }
 return FALSE;
 }
 
 
 void encodePeakCfgUi(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, char *name, char *title,
                      boolean boxed)
 // Put up UI for filtering wgEnocde peaks based on score, Pval and Qval
 {
 boolean parentLevel = isNameAtParentLevel(tdb,name);
 boolean opened = FALSE;
 showScoreFilter(cart,tdb,&opened,boxed,parentLevel,name,title,
                 "Minimum Signal value",     SIGNAL_FILTER,TRUE);
 showScoreFilter(cart,tdb,&opened,boxed,parentLevel,name,title,
                 "Minimum P-Value (<code>-log<sub>10</sub></code>)",PVALUE_FILTER,TRUE);
 showScoreFilter(cart,tdb,&opened,boxed,parentLevel,name,title,
                 "Minimum Q-Value (<code>-log<sub>10</sub></code>)",QVALUE_FILTER,TRUE);
 
 char *setting = trackDbSettingClosestToHomeOrDefault(tdb, SCORE_FILTER,NULL);//"0:1000");
 if (setting)
     {
     if (!opened)
         {
         boxed = cfgBeginBoxAndTitle(tdb, boxed, title);
         puts("<TABLE>");
         opened = TRUE;
         }
     char varName[256];
     int minLimit=0,maxLimit=1000,minVal=0,maxVal=NO_VALUE;
     colonPairToInts(setting,&minVal,&maxVal);
     getScoreIntRangeFromCart(cart,tdb,parentLevel,SCORE_FILTER,&minLimit,&maxLimit,
                                                                &minVal,  &maxVal);
     if (maxVal != NO_VALUE)
         puts("<TR><TD align='right'><B>Score range: min:</B><TD align='left'>");
     else
         puts("<TR><TD align='right'><B>Minimum score:</B><TD align='left'>");
     safef(varName, sizeof(varName), "%s%s", SCORE_FILTER, _BY_RANGE);
     boolean filterByRange = trackDbSettingClosestToHomeOn(tdb, varName);
     safef(varName, sizeof(varName), "%s.%s%s", name, SCORE_FILTER, (filterByRange?_MIN:""));
     cgiMakeIntVarWithLimits(varName, minVal, "Minimum score", 0, minLimit, maxLimit);
     if (filterByRange)
         {
         if (maxVal == NO_VALUE)
             maxVal = maxLimit;
         puts("<TD align='right'>to<TD align='left'>");
         safef(varName, sizeof(varName), "%s.%s%s", name, SCORE_FILTER,_MAX);
         cgiMakeIntVarWithLimits(varName, maxVal, "Maximum score", 0, minLimit, maxLimit);
         }
     printf("<TD align='left'%s> (%d to %d)",(filterByRange?"":" colspan=3"),minLimit, maxLimit);
     if (trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, GRAY_LEVEL_SCORE_MIN) != NULL)
         {
         printf("<TR><TD align='right'colspan=5>");
         scoreGrayLevelCfgUi(cart, tdb, name, 1000);
         puts("</TR>");
         }
     }
 if (opened)
     {
     puts("</TABLE>");
     cfgEndBox(boxed);
     }
 }
 
 void genePredCfgUi(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, char *name, char *title, boolean boxed)
 /* Put up gencode-specific controls */
 {
 char varName[64];
 boolean parentLevel = isNameAtParentLevel(tdb,name);
 char *geneLabel = cartUsualStringClosestToHome(cart, tdb,parentLevel, "label", "gene");
 boxed = cfgBeginBoxAndTitle(tdb, boxed, title);
 
 if (sameString(name, "acembly"))
     {
     char *acemblyClass = cartUsualStringClosestToHome(cart,tdb,parentLevel,"type",
                                                       acemblyEnumToString(0));
     printf("<p><b>Gene Class: </b>");
     acemblyDropDown("acembly.type", acemblyClass);
     printf("  ");
     }
 else if (startsWith("wgEncodeGencode", name)
      ||  sameString("wgEncodeSangerGencode", name)
      ||  (startsWith("encodeGencode", name) && !sameString("encodeGencodeRaceFrags", name)))
     {
     printf("<B>Label:</B> ");
     safef(varName, sizeof(varName), "%s.label", name);
     cgiMakeRadioButton(varName, "gene", sameString("gene", geneLabel));
     printf("%s ", "gene");
     cgiMakeRadioButton(varName, "accession", sameString("accession", geneLabel));
     printf("%s ", "accession");
     cgiMakeRadioButton(varName, "both", sameString("both", geneLabel));
     printf("%s ", "both");
     cgiMakeRadioButton(varName, "none", sameString("none", geneLabel));
     printf("%s ", "none");
     }
 
 if (trackDbSettingClosestToHomeOn(tdb, "nmdFilter"))
     {
     boolean nmdDefault = FALSE;
     safef(varName, sizeof(varName), "hgt.%s.nmdFilter", name);
     nmdDefault = cartUsualBoolean(cart,varName, FALSE);
     // TODO: var name (hgt prefix) needs changing before ClosesToHome can be used
     printf("<p><b>Filter out NMD targets.</b>");
     cgiMakeCheckBox(varName, nmdDefault);
     }
 
 if (!sameString(tdb->track, "tigrGeneIndex")
 &&  !sameString(tdb->track, "ensGeneNonCoding")
 &&  !sameString(tdb->track, "encodeGencodeRaceFrags"))
     baseColorDropLists(cart, tdb, name);
 
 filterBy_t *filterBySet = filterBySetGet(tdb,cart,name);
 if (filterBySet != NULL)
     {
     printf("<BR>");
     filterBySetCfgUi(cart,tdb,filterBySet,FALSE);
     filterBySetFree(&filterBySet);
     }
 filterBy_t *highlightBySet = highlightBySetGet(tdb,cart,name);
 if (highlightBySet != NULL)
     {
     printf("<BR>");
     highlightBySetCfgUi(cart,tdb,highlightBySet,FALSE);
     filterBySetFree(&highlightBySet);
     }
 
 wigOption(cart, name, title, tdb);
 cfgEndBox(boxed);
 }
 
 static boolean isSpeciesOn(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, char *species, char *option, int optionSize, boolean defaultState)
 /* check the cart to see if species is turned off or on (default is defaultState) */
 {
 boolean parentLevel = isNameAtParentLevel(tdb,option);
 if (*option == '\0')
     safef(option, optionSize, "%s.%s", tdb->track, species);
 else
     {
     char *suffix = option + strlen(option);
     int suffixSize = optionSize - strlen(option);
     safef(suffix,suffixSize,".%s",species);
     }
 return cartUsualBooleanClosestToHome(cart,tdb, parentLevel, species,defaultState);
 }
 
 char **wigMafGetSpecies(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, char *prefix, char *db,
                         struct wigMafSpecies **list, int *groupCt)
 {
 int speciesCt = 0;
 char *speciesGroup   = trackDbSetting(tdb, SPECIES_GROUP_VAR);
 char *speciesUseFile = trackDbSetting(tdb, SPECIES_USE_FILE);
 char *speciesOrder   = trackDbSetting(tdb, SPECIES_ORDER_VAR);
 #define MAX_SP_SIZE 2000
 #define MAX_GROUPS 20
 char sGroup[MAX_SP_SIZE];
 //Ochar *groups[20];
 struct wigMafSpecies *wmSpecies, *wmSpeciesList = NULL;
 int group;
 int i;
 char *species[MAX_SP_SIZE];
 char option[MAX_SP_SIZE];
 
 *list = NULL;
 *groupCt = 0;
 
 /* determine species and groups for pairwise -- create checkboxes */
 if (speciesOrder == NULL && speciesGroup == NULL && speciesUseFile == NULL)
     {
     if (isCustomTrack(tdb->track))
 	return NULL;
     errAbort("Track %s missing required trackDb setting: speciesOrder, speciesGroups, or speciesUseFile", tdb->track);
     }
 
 char **groups = needMem(MAX_GROUPS * sizeof (char *));
 *groupCt = 1;
 if (speciesGroup)
     *groupCt = chopByWhite(speciesGroup, groups, MAX_GROUPS);
 
 if (speciesUseFile)
     {
     if ((speciesGroup != NULL) || (speciesOrder != NULL))
 	errAbort("Can't specify speciesUseFile and speciesGroup or speciesOrder");
     speciesOrder = cartGetOrderFromFile(db, cart, speciesUseFile);  // Not sure why this is in cart
     }                                                          // not tdb based so no ClosestToHome
 
 for (group = 0; group < *groupCt; group++)
     {
     if (*groupCt != 1 || !speciesOrder)
         {
         safef(sGroup, sizeof sGroup, "%s%s",
                                 SPECIES_GROUP_PREFIX, groups[group]);
         speciesOrder = trackDbRequiredSetting(tdb, sGroup);
         }
     speciesCt = chopLine(speciesOrder, species);
     for (i = 0; i < speciesCt; i++)
         {
         AllocVar(wmSpecies);
         wmSpecies->name = cloneString(species[i]);
         safecpy(option,sizeof option,prefix);
 	wmSpecies->on = isSpeciesOn(cart, tdb, wmSpecies->name, option, sizeof option, TRUE);
         wmSpecies->group = group;
         slAddHead(&wmSpeciesList, wmSpecies);
         }
     }
 slReverse(&wmSpeciesList);
 *list = wmSpeciesList;
 
 return groups;
 }
 
 
 struct wigMafSpecies * wigMafSpeciesTable(struct cart *cart,
                                           struct trackDb *tdb, char *name, char *db)
 {
 int groupCt;
 #define MAX_SP_SIZE 2000
 char option[MAX_SP_SIZE];
 int group, prevGroup;
 int i,j;
 boolean parentLevel = isNameAtParentLevel(tdb,name);
 
 bool lowerFirstChar = TRUE;
 
 struct wigMafSpecies *wmSpeciesList;
 char **groups = wigMafGetSpecies(cart, tdb, name, db, &wmSpeciesList, &groupCt);
 struct wigMafSpecies *wmSpecies = wmSpeciesList;
 struct slName *speciesList = NULL;
 
 for(; wmSpecies; wmSpecies = wmSpecies->next)
     {
     struct slName *newName = slNameNew(wmSpecies->name);
     slAddHead(&speciesList, newName);
     //printf("%s<BR>\n",speciesList->name);
     }
 slReverse(&speciesList);
 
 int numberPerRow;
 boolean lineBreakJustPrinted;
 char trackName[255];
 char query[256];
 char **row;
 struct sqlConnection *conn;
 struct sqlResult *sr;
 char *words[MAX_SP_SIZE];
 int defaultOffSpeciesCnt = 0;
 
 if (cartOptionalString(cart, "ajax") == NULL)
     jsIncludeFile("utils.js",NULL);
 //jsInit();
 puts("\n<P><B>Species selection:</B>&nbsp;");
 
 cgiContinueHiddenVar("g");
-PLUS_BUTTON( "id", "plus_pw","cb_maf_","_maf_");
-MINUS_BUTTON("id","minus_pw","cb_maf_","_maf_");
+char id[256];
+char javascript[1024];
+PLUS_BUTTON( "id", "plus_pw","cb_maf_","_maf_")
+MINUS_BUTTON("id","minus_pw","cb_maf_","_maf_")
 
 char prefix[512];
 safef(prefix, sizeof prefix, "%s.", name);
 char *defaultOffSpecies = trackDbSetting(tdb, "speciesDefaultOff");
 struct hash *offHash = NULL;
 if (defaultOffSpecies)
     {
     offHash = newHash(5);
-    DEFAULT_BUTTON( "id", "default_pw","cb_maf_","_maf_");
+    DEFAULT_BUTTON( "id", "default_pw","cb_maf_","_maf_")  // DEBUG RESTORE
     int wordCt = chopLine(defaultOffSpecies, words);
     defaultOffSpeciesCnt = wordCt;
 
     /* build hash of species that should be off */
     int ii;
     for(ii=0; ii < wordCt; ii++)
         hashAdd(offHash, words[ii], NULL);
     }
 
 if (groupCt == 1)
     puts("\n<TABLE><TR>");
 group = -1;
 lineBreakJustPrinted = FALSE;
 for (wmSpecies = wmSpeciesList, i = 0, j = 0; wmSpecies != NULL;
 		    wmSpecies = wmSpecies->next, i++)
     {
     char *label;
     prevGroup = group;
     group = wmSpecies->group;
     if (groupCt != 1 && group != prevGroup)
 	{
 	i = 0;
 	j = 0;
 	if (group != 0)
 	    puts("</TR></TABLE>\n");
         /* replace underscores in group names */
         subChar(groups[group], '_', ' ');
         printf("<P>&nbsp;&nbsp;<B><EM>%s</EM></B>", groups[group]);
         printf("&nbsp;&nbsp;");
         safef(option, sizeof(option), "plus_%s", groups[group]);
-        PLUS_BUTTON( "id",option,"cb_maf_",groups[group]);
+        PLUS_BUTTON( "id",option,"cb_maf_",groups[group])
         safef(option, sizeof(option),"minus_%s", groups[group]);
-        MINUS_BUTTON("id",option,"cb_maf_",groups[group]);
+        MINUS_BUTTON("id",option,"cb_maf_",groups[group])
 
         puts("\n<TABLE><TR>");
         }
     if (hIsGsidServer())
 	numberPerRow = 6;
     else
 	numberPerRow = 5;
 
     /* new logic to decide if line break should be displayed here */
     if ((j != 0 && (j % numberPerRow) == 0) && (lineBreakJustPrinted == FALSE))
         {
         puts("</TR><TR>");
         lineBreakJustPrinted = TRUE;
         }
 
     char id[MAX_SP_SIZE];
     boolean checked = TRUE;
     if (defaultOffSpeciesCnt > 0)
         {
         if (stringArrayIx(wmSpecies->name,words,defaultOffSpeciesCnt) == -1)
             safef(id, sizeof(id), "cb_maf_%s_%s", groups[group], wmSpecies->name);
         else
             {
             safef(id, sizeof(id), "cb_maf_%s_%s_defOff", groups[group], wmSpecies->name);
             checked = FALSE;
             }
         }
     else
         safef(id, sizeof(id), "cb_maf_%s_%s", groups[group], wmSpecies->name);
 
     if (hIsGsidServer())
         {
         char *chp;
         /* for GSID maf, display only entries belong to the specific MSA selected */
         safef(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, wmSpecies->name);
         label = hOrganism(wmSpecies->name);
         if (label == NULL)
             label = wmSpecies->name;
         strcpy(trackName, tdb->track);
 
         /* try AaMaf first */
         chp = strstr(trackName, "AaMaf");
         /* if it is not a AaMaf track, try Maf next */
         if (chp == NULL) chp = strstr(trackName, "Maf");
 
         /* test if the entry actually is part of the specific maf track data */
         if (chp != NULL)
             {
             *chp = '\0';
             sqlSafef(query, sizeof(query),
                   "select id from %sMsa where id = 'ss.%s'", trackName, label);
 
             conn = hAllocConn(db);
             sr = sqlGetResult(conn, query);
             row = sqlNextRow(sr);
 
             /* offer it only if the entry is found in current maf data set */
             if (row != NULL)
                 {
                 puts("<TD>");
                 cgiMakeCheckBoxWithId(option,cartUsualBooleanClosestToHome(
                                           cart, tdb, parentLevel,wmSpecies->name, checked),id);
                 printf("%s", label);
                 puts("</TD>");
                 fflush(stdout);
                 lineBreakJustPrinted = FALSE;
                 j++;
                 }
             sqlFreeResult(&sr);
             hFreeConn(&conn);
             }
         }
     else
         {
         puts("<TD>");
 	boolean defaultState = TRUE;
 	if (offHash != NULL)
 	    defaultState = (hashLookup(offHash, wmSpecies->name) == NULL);
         safecpy(option, sizeof(option), name);
         wmSpecies->on = isSpeciesOn(cart, tdb, wmSpecies->name, option, sizeof option, defaultState );
         cgiMakeCheckBoxWithId(option, wmSpecies->on,id);
         label = hOrganism(wmSpecies->name);
         if (label == NULL)
 		label = wmSpecies->name;
         if (lowerFirstChar)
             *label = tolower(*label);
         printf("%s<BR>", label);
         puts("</TD>");
         lineBreakJustPrinted = FALSE;
         j++;
         }
     }
 puts("</TR></TABLE><BR>\n");
 return wmSpeciesList;
 }
 
 void wigMafCfgUi(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb,char *name, char *title, boolean boxed, char *db)
 /* UI for maf/wiggle track
  * NOTE: calls wigCfgUi */
 {
 int i;
 char option[MAX_SP_SIZE];
 boolean parentLevel = isNameAtParentLevel(tdb,name);
 
 boxed = cfgBeginBoxAndTitle(tdb, boxed, title);
 
 char *defaultCodonSpecies = trackDbSetting(tdb, SPECIES_CODON_DEFAULT);
 char *framesTable = trackDbSetting(tdb, "frames");
 char *snpTable = trackDbSetting(tdb, "snpTable");
 char *treeImage = NULL;
 struct consWiggle *consWig, *consWiggles = wigMafWiggles(db, tdb);
 
 boolean isWigMafProt = FALSE;
 
 if (strstr(tdb->type, "wigMafProt")) isWigMafProt = TRUE;
 
 puts("<TABLE><TR><TD VALIGN=\"TOP\">");
 
 if (consWiggles && consWiggles->next)
     {
     /* check for alternate conservation wiggles -- create checkboxes */
     puts("<P STYLE=\"margin-top:10;\"><B>Conservation:</B>" );
     boolean first = TRUE;
     for (consWig = consWiggles; consWig != NULL; consWig = consWig->next)
         {
         char *wigVarSuffix = NULL;
         char *wigVar = wigMafWiggleVar(name, consWig, &wigVarSuffix);
         cgiMakeCheckBox(wigVar,
                         cartUsualBooleanClosestToHome(cart,tdb,parentLevel,wigVarSuffix,first));
         freeMem(wigVar);
         first = FALSE;
         subChar(consWig->uiLabel, '_', ' ');
         printf ("%s&nbsp;", consWig->uiLabel);
         }
     }
 
 struct wigMafSpecies *wmSpeciesList = wigMafSpeciesTable(cart, tdb, name, db);
 struct wigMafSpecies *wmSpecies;
 
 if (isWigMafProt)
     puts("<B>Multiple alignment amino acid-level:</B><BR>" );
 else
     puts("<B>Multiple alignment base-level:</B><BR>" );
 
 boolean mafDotIsOn = trackDbSettingClosestToHomeOn(tdb, MAF_DOT_VAR);
 safef(option, sizeof option, "%s.%s", name, MAF_DOT_VAR);
 cgiMakeCheckBox(option, cartUsualBooleanClosestToHome(cart, tdb, parentLevel,MAF_DOT_VAR, mafDotIsOn));
 
 if (isWigMafProt)
     puts("Display amino acids identical to reference as dots<BR>" );
 else
     puts("Display bases identical to reference as dots<BR>" );
 
 safef(option, sizeof option, "%s.%s", name, MAF_CHAIN_VAR);
 cgiMakeCheckBox(option, cartUsualBooleanClosestToHome(cart,tdb,parentLevel,MAF_CHAIN_VAR,TRUE));
 
 char *irowStr = trackDbSetting(tdb, "irows");
 boolean doIrows = (irowStr == NULL) || !sameString(irowStr, "off");
 if (isCustomTrack(tdb->track) || doIrows)
     puts("Display chains between alignments<BR>");
 else
     {
     if (isWigMafProt)
 	puts("Display unaligned amino acids with spanning chain as 'o's<BR>");
     else
         puts("Display unaligned bases with spanning chain as 'o's<BR>");
     }
 
 safef(option, sizeof option, "%s.%s", name, MAF_SHOW_SNP);
 if (snpTable)
     {
     printf("<BR><B>Codon Changes:</B><BR>");
     cgiMakeCheckBox(option, cartOrTdbBoolean(cart, tdb, MAF_SHOW_SNP,FALSE));
     puts("Display synonymous and non-synonymous changes in coding exons.<BR>");
     }
 
 safef(option, sizeof option, "%s.%s", name, "codons");
 if (framesTable)
     {
     char *nodeNames[512];
     char buffer[128];
 
     printf("<BR><B>Codon Translation:</B><BR>");
     printf("Default species to establish reading frame: ");
     nodeNames[0] = db;
     for (wmSpecies = wmSpeciesList, i = 1; wmSpecies != NULL;
 			wmSpecies = wmSpecies->next, i++)
 	{
         nodeNames[i] = wmSpecies->name;
         }
     cgiMakeDropList(SPECIES_CODON_DEFAULT, nodeNames, i,     // tdb independent var
                     cartUsualString(cart, SPECIES_CODON_DEFAULT, defaultCodonSpecies));
     puts("<br>");
     char *cartVal = cartUsualStringClosestToHome(cart, tdb, parentLevel, "codons","codonDefault");
     safef(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%s.codons",name);
     cgiMakeRadioButton(buffer,"codonNone",     sameWord(cartVal,"codonNone"));
     printf("No codon translation<BR>");
     cgiMakeRadioButton(buffer,"codonDefault",  sameWord(cartVal,"codonDefault"));
     printf("Use default species reading frames for translation<BR>");
     cgiMakeRadioButton(buffer,"codonFrameNone",sameWord(cartVal,"codonFrameNone"));
     printf("Use reading frames for species if available, otherwise no translation<BR>");
     cgiMakeRadioButton(buffer,"codonFrameDef", sameWord(cartVal,"codonFrameDef"));
     printf("Use reading frames for species if available, otherwise use default species<BR>");
     }
 else
     {
     /* Codon highlighting does not apply to wigMafProt type */
     if (!strstr(tdb->type, "wigMafProt"))
         {
         puts("<P><B>Codon highlighting:</B><BR>" );
 
 #ifdef GENE_FRAMING
 
         safef(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, MAF_FRAME_VAR);
         char *currentCodonMode = cartCgiUsualString(cart, option, MAF_FRAME_GENE);
 
         /* Disable codon highlighting */
         cgiMakeRadioButton(option, MAF_FRAME_NONE,
                            sameString(MAF_FRAME_NONE, currentCodonMode));
         puts("None &nbsp;");
 
         /* Use gene pred */
         cgiMakeRadioButton(option, MAF_FRAME_GENE,
                            sameString(MAF_FRAME_GENE, currentCodonMode));
         puts("CDS-annotated frame based on");
         safef(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, MAF_GENEPRED_VAR);
         genePredDropDown(cart, makeTrackHash(db, chromosome), NULL, option);
 
 #else
         safef(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, BASE_COLORS_VAR);
         puts("&nbsp; Alternate colors every");
         cgiMakeIntVar(option, cartCgiUsualInt(cart, option, 0), 1);
         puts("bases<BR>");
         safef(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name,
 			    BASE_COLORS_OFFSET_VAR);
         puts("&nbsp; Offset alternate colors by");
         cgiMakeIntVar(option, cartCgiUsualInt(cart, option, 0), 1);
         puts("bases<BR>");
 #endif
 	}
     }
 
 treeImage = trackDbSetting(tdb, "treeImage");
 if (treeImage)
     printf("</TD><TD VALIGN=\"TOP\"><IMG SRC=\"../images/%s\"></TD></TR></TABLE>", treeImage);
 else
     puts("</TD></TR></TABLE>");
 
 if (trackDbSetting(tdb, CONS_WIGGLE) != NULL)
     {
     wigCfgUi(cart,tdb,name,"Conservation graph:",FALSE);
     }
 cfgEndBox(boxed);
 }
 
 static char *grayLabels[] =
     { "alignment quality",
       "base qualities",
       "unpaired ends",
     };
 static char *grayValues[] =
     { BAM_GRAY_MODE_ALI_QUAL,
       BAM_GRAY_MODE_BASE_QUAL,
       BAM_GRAY_MODE_UNPAIRED,
     };
 
 // When a child input of a radio set is changed, click its radio button:
-#define UPDATE_RADIO_FORMAT "%s=\"\
+
+#define UPDATE_RADIO_FORMAT_JS "\
     var inputs = document.getElementsByName('%s'); \
     if (inputs) { \
       for (var i=0; i < inputs.length; i++) { \
         if (inputs[i].type == 'radio') { \
           inputs[i].checked = (inputs[i].value == '%s'); \
         } \
       } \
-    }\""
+    }"
 
 void bamCfgUi(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, char *name, char *title, boolean boxed)
 /* BAM: short-read-oriented alignment file format. */
 {
 boxed = cfgBeginBoxAndTitle(tdb, boxed, title);
 char cartVarName[1024];
 
 printf("<TABLE%s><TR><TD>",boxed?" width='100%'":"");
 
 #ifdef NOTNOW  // temporarily (?) remove this check box because code doesn't allow for setting wiggle options
 char *showWig = cartOrTdbString(cart, tdb, BAMWIG_MODE, "0");
 safef(cartVarName, sizeof(cartVarName), "%s.%s", name, BAMWIG_MODE);
 cgiMakeCheckBox(cartVarName, SETTING_IS_ON(showWig));
 printf("</TD><TD>Only show coverage of reads</TD>");
 printf("</TR>\n");
 #endif
 
 printf("<TR><TD>\n");
 char *showNames = cartOrTdbString(cart, tdb, BAM_SHOW_NAMES, "0");
 safef(cartVarName, sizeof(cartVarName), "%s.%s", name, BAM_SHOW_NAMES);
 cgiMakeCheckBox(cartVarName, SETTING_IS_ON(showNames));
 printf("</TD><TD>Display read names</TD>");
 if (boxed && fileExists(hHelpFile("hgBamTrackHelp")))
     printf("<TD style='text-align:right'><A HREF=\"../goldenPath/help/hgBamTrackHelp.html\" "
            "TARGET=_BLANK>BAM configuration help</A></TD>");
 printf("</TR>\n");
 boolean canPair = (cartOrTdbString(cart, tdb, BAM_PAIR_ENDS_BY_NAME, NULL) != NULL);
 if (canPair)
     {
     char *doPairing = cartOrTdbString(cart, tdb, BAM_PAIR_ENDS_BY_NAME, "0");
     printf("<TR><TD>");
     safef(cartVarName, sizeof(cartVarName), "%s." BAM_PAIR_ENDS_BY_NAME, name);
     cgiMakeCheckBox(cartVarName, SETTING_IS_ON(doPairing));
     printf("</TD><TD>Attempt to join paired end reads by name</TD></TR>\n");
     }
 printf("<TR><TD colspan=2>Minimum alignment quality:\n");
 safef(cartVarName, sizeof(cartVarName), "%s." BAM_MIN_ALI_QUAL, name);
 cgiMakeIntVar(cartVarName,
               atoi(cartOrTdbString(cart, tdb, BAM_MIN_ALI_QUAL, BAM_MIN_ALI_QUAL_DEFAULT)), 4);
 printf("</TD></TR></TABLE>");
 
 if (isCustomTrack(name))
     {
     // Auto-magic baseColor defaults for BAM, same as in hgTracks.c newCustomTrack
     hashAdd(tdb->settingsHash, BASE_COLOR_USE_SEQUENCE, cloneString("lfExtra"));
     hashAdd(tdb->settingsHash, BASE_COLOR_DEFAULT, cloneString("diffBases"));
     hashAdd(tdb->settingsHash, SHOW_DIFF_BASES_ALL_SCALES, cloneString("."));
     hashAdd(tdb->settingsHash, "showDiffBasesMaxZoom", cloneString("100"));
     }
 baseColorDropLists(cart, tdb, name);
 puts("<BR>");
 indelShowOptionsWithName(cart, tdb, name);
 printf("<BR>\n");
 printf("<B>Additional coloring modes:</B><BR>\n");
 safef(cartVarName, sizeof(cartVarName), "%s." BAM_COLOR_MODE, name);
 char *selected = cartOrTdbString(cart, tdb, BAM_COLOR_MODE, BAM_COLOR_MODE_DEFAULT);
 cgiMakeRadioButton(cartVarName, BAM_COLOR_MODE_STRAND, sameString(selected, BAM_COLOR_MODE_STRAND));
 printf("Color by strand (blue for +, red for -)<BR>\n");
 cgiMakeRadioButton(cartVarName, BAM_COLOR_MODE_GRAY, sameString(selected, BAM_COLOR_MODE_GRAY));
 printf("Use gray for\n");
 char cartVarName2[1024];
 safef(cartVarName2, sizeof(cartVarName2), "%s." BAM_GRAY_MODE, name);
 int grayMenuSize = canPair ? ArraySize(grayLabels) : ArraySize(grayLabels)-1;
 char *sel2 = cartOrTdbString(cart, tdb, BAM_GRAY_MODE, BAM_GRAY_MODE_DEFAULT);
 char onChange[2048];
-safef(onChange, sizeof(onChange), UPDATE_RADIO_FORMAT,
-      "onChange", cartVarName, BAM_COLOR_MODE_GRAY);
-cgiMakeDropListFull(cartVarName2, grayLabels, grayValues, grayMenuSize, sel2, onChange);
+safef(onChange, sizeof(onChange), UPDATE_RADIO_FORMAT_JS,
+      cartVarName, BAM_COLOR_MODE_GRAY);
+cgiMakeDropListFull(cartVarName2, grayLabels, grayValues, grayMenuSize, sel2, "change", onChange);
 printf("<BR>\n");
 if (trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, "noColorTag") == NULL)
     {
     cgiMakeRadioButton(cartVarName, BAM_COLOR_MODE_TAG, sameString(selected, BAM_COLOR_MODE_TAG));
     printf("Use R,G,B colors specified in user-defined tag ");
     safef(cartVarName2, sizeof(cartVarName2), "%s." BAM_COLOR_TAG, name);
     sel2 = cartOrTdbString(cart, tdb, BAM_COLOR_TAG, BAM_COLOR_TAG_DEFAULT);
-    safef(onChange, sizeof(onChange), UPDATE_RADIO_FORMAT,
-	  "onkeypress", cartVarName, BAM_COLOR_MODE_TAG);
-    cgiMakeTextVarWithExtraHtml(cartVarName2, sel2, 30, onChange);
+    safef(onChange, sizeof(onChange), UPDATE_RADIO_FORMAT_JS,
+	  cartVarName, BAM_COLOR_MODE_TAG);
+    cgiMakeTextVarWithExtraHtml(cartVarName2, sel2, 30, "keypress", onChange);
     printf("<BR>\n");
     }
 cgiMakeRadioButton(cartVarName, BAM_COLOR_MODE_OFF, sameString(selected, BAM_COLOR_MODE_OFF));
 printf("No additional coloring");
 
 // let the user choose to see the track in wiggle mode
 wigOption(cart, name, title, tdb);
 
 //TODO: include / exclude flags
 
 if (!boxed && fileExists(hHelpFile("hgBamTrackHelp")))
     printf("<P><A HREF=\"../goldenPath/help/hgBamTrackHelp.html\" TARGET=_BLANK>BAM "
            "configuration help</A></P>");
 
 cfgEndBox(boxed);
 }
 
 void lrgCfgUi(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, char *name, char *title, boolean boxed)
 /* LRG: Locus Reference Genomic sequences mapped to assembly. */
 {
 boxed = cfgBeginBoxAndTitle(tdb, boxed, title);
 printf("<TABLE%s><TR><TD>",boxed?" width='100%'":"");
 baseColorDrawOptDropDown(cart, tdb);
 indelShowOptionsWithNameExt(cart, tdb, name, "LRG sequence", FALSE, FALSE);
 cfgEndBox(boxed);
 }
 
 void lrgTranscriptAliCfgUi(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, char *name, char *title,
 			   boolean boxed)
 /* LRG Transcripts: Locus Reference Genomic transcript sequences mapped to assembly. */
 {
 boxed = cfgBeginBoxAndTitle(tdb, boxed, title);
 printf("<TABLE%s><TR><TD>",boxed?" width='100%'":"");
 baseColorDrawOptDropDown(cart, tdb);
 indelShowOptionsWithNameExt(cart, tdb, name, "LRG transcript sequence", FALSE, FALSE);
 cfgEndBox(boxed);
 }
 
 struct trackDb *rFindView(struct trackDb *forest, char *view)
 // Return the trackDb on the list that matches the view tag. Prefers ancestors before decendents
 {
 struct trackDb *tdb;
 for (tdb = forest; tdb != NULL; tdb = tdb->next)
     {
     char *viewSetting = trackDbSetting(tdb, "view");
     if (sameOk(viewSetting, view) || sameOk(tagEncode(viewSetting), view))
         return tdb;
     }
 for (tdb = forest; tdb != NULL; tdb = tdb->next)
     {
     struct trackDb *viewTdb = rFindView(tdb->subtracks, view);
     if (viewTdb != NULL)
         return viewTdb;
     }
 return NULL;
 }
 
 static boolean compositeViewCfgExpandedByDefault(struct trackDb *parentTdb,char *view,
 	char **retVisibility)
 // returns true if the view cfg is expanded by default.  Optionally allocates string of view
 // setting (eg 'dense')
 {
 boolean expanded = FALSE;
 if ( retVisibility != NULL )
     *retVisibility = cloneString(hStringFromTv(parentTdb->visibility));
 struct trackDb *viewTdb = rFindView(parentTdb->subtracks, view);
 if (viewTdb == NULL)
     return FALSE;
 if (retVisibility != NULL)
     *retVisibility = cloneString(hStringFromTv(viewTdb->visibility));
 if (trackDbSetting(viewTdb, "viewUi"))
     expanded = TRUE;
 return expanded;
 }
 
 enum trackVisibility visCompositeViewDefault(struct trackDb *parentTdb,char *view)
 // returns the default track visibility of particular view within a composite track
 {
 char *visibility = NULL;
 compositeViewCfgExpandedByDefault(parentTdb,view,&visibility);
 enum trackVisibility vis = hTvFromString(visibility);
 freeMem(visibility);
 return vis;
 }
 
 static boolean hCompositeDisplayViewDropDowns(char *db, struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *parentTdb)
 // UI for composite view drop down selections.
 {
 int ix;
 char varName[SMALLBUF];
 char classes[SMALLBUF];
 char javascript[JBUFSIZE];
-#define CFG_LINK  "<B><A HREF=\"#a_cfg_%s\" onclick=\"return (showConfigControls('%s') == " \
-                  "false);\" title=\"%s Configuration\">%s</A><INPUT TYPE=HIDDEN " \
+char id[256];
+#define CFG_LINK  "<B><A HREF=\"#a_cfg_%s\" id='%s' "\
+                  "title=\"%s Configuration\">%s</A><INPUT TYPE=HIDDEN " \
                   "NAME='%s.showCfg' value='%s'></B>"
+#define CFG_LINK_JS "return (showConfigControls('%s') == false);"
 #define MAKE_CFG_LINK(name,title,viewTrack,open) \
-                    printf(CFG_LINK, (name),(name),(title),(title),(viewTrack),((open)?"on":"off"))
+		    safef(id, sizeof id, "%s_link", (name)); \
+                    printf(CFG_LINK, (name),id,(title),(title),(viewTrack),((open)?"on":"off")); \
+		    safef(javascript, sizeof javascript, CFG_LINK_JS, (name)); \
+		    jsOnEventById("click", id, javascript);
+		    			
 
 // membersForAll is generated once per track, then cached
 membersForAll_t *membersForAll = membersForAllSubGroupsGet(parentTdb, cart);
 members_t *membersOfView = membersForAll->members[dimV];
 if (membersOfView == NULL)
     return FALSE;
 
 char configurable[membersOfView->count];
 memset(configurable,cfgNone,sizeof(configurable));
 int firstOpened = -1;
 boolean makeCfgRows = FALSE;
 struct trackDb **matchedViewTracks = needMem(sizeof(struct trackDb *) * membersOfView->count);
 
 for (ix = 0; ix < membersOfView->count; ix++)
     {
     if (membersOfView->subtrackList     != NULL
     &&  membersOfView->subtrackList[ix] != NULL)
         {
         struct trackDb *subtrack = membersOfView->subtrackList[ix]->val;
         matchedViewTracks[ix] = subtrack->parent;
         configurable[ix] = (char)cfgTypeFromTdb(subtrack, TRUE);
         if (configurable[ix] != cfgNone && trackDbSettingBlocksConfiguration(subtrack,FALSE))
             configurable[ix]  = cfgNone;
 
         if (configurable[ix] != cfgNone)
             {
             if (firstOpened == -1)
                 {
                 safef(varName, sizeof(varName), "%s.showCfg", matchedViewTracks[ix]->track);
                 if (cartUsualBoolean(cart,varName,FALSE)) // No need for closestToHome: view level
                     firstOpened = ix;
                 }
             makeCfgRows = TRUE;
             }
         }
     }
 
 toLowerN(membersOfView->groupTitle, 1);
 printf("<B>Select %s</B> (<A HREF='../goldenPath/help/multiView.html' title='Help on views' "
        "TARGET=_BLANK>help</A>):\n", membersOfView->groupTitle);
 printf("<TABLE><TR style='text-align:left;'>\n");
 // Make row of vis drop downs
 for (ix = 0; ix < membersOfView->count; ix++)
     {
     char *viewName = membersOfView->tags[ix];
     if (matchedViewTracks[ix] != NULL)
         {
         printf("<TD>");
         if (configurable[ix] != cfgNone)
             {
             MAKE_CFG_LINK(membersOfView->tags[ix],membersOfView->titles[ix],
-                          matchedViewTracks[ix]->track,(firstOpened == ix));
+                          matchedViewTracks[ix]->track,(firstOpened == ix))
             }
         else
             printf("<B>%s</B>",membersOfView->titles[ix]);
         puts("</TD>");
 
         safef(varName, sizeof(varName), "%s", matchedViewTracks[ix]->track);
         enum trackVisibility tv = hTvFromString(cartUsualString(cart,varName,
                                       hStringFromTv(visCompositeViewDefault(parentTdb,viewName))));
 
-        safef(javascript, sizeof(javascript), "onchange=\"matSelectViewForSubTracks(this,'%s');\" "
-                                              "onfocus='this.lastIndex=this.selectedIndex;'",
-                                              viewName);
+	struct slPair *events = NULL;
+        safef(javascript, sizeof(javascript), "matSelectViewForSubTracks(this,'%s');", viewName);
+	slPairAdd(&events, "change", cloneString(javascript));
+    
+        safef(javascript, sizeof(javascript), "this.lastIndex=this.selectedIndex;");
+	slPairAdd(&events, "focus", cloneString(javascript));
 
         printf("<TD>");
         safef(classes, sizeof(classes), "viewDD normalText %s", membersOfView->tags[ix]);
-        hTvDropDownClassWithJavascript(varName, tv, parentTdb->canPack,classes,javascript);
+        hTvDropDownClassWithJavascript(varName, tv, parentTdb->canPack, classes, events);
         puts(" &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;</TD>");
         }
     }
 puts("</TR>");
 
 // Make row of cfg boxes if needed
 if (makeCfgRows)
     {
     puts("</TABLE><TABLE>");
     for (ix = 0; ix < membersOfView->count; ix++)
         {
         struct trackDb *view = matchedViewTracks[ix];
         if (view != NULL)
             {
             char *viewName = membersOfView->tags[ix];
             printf("<TR id=\"tr_cfg_%s\"", viewName);
             if ((   firstOpened == -1
                  && !compositeViewCfgExpandedByDefault(parentTdb,membersOfView->tags[ix],NULL))
             ||  (firstOpened != -1 && firstOpened != ix))
                 printf(" style=\"display:none\"");
             printf("><TD width=10>&nbsp;</TD>");
             int ix2=ix;
             while (0 < ix2--)
                 printf("<TD width=100>&nbsp;</TD>");
             printf("<TD colspan=%d>",membersOfView->count+1);
             if (configurable[ix] != cfgNone)
                 {                                  // Hint: subtrack is model but named for view
                 cfgByCfgType(configurable[ix],db,cart,view->subtracks,view->track,
                              membersOfView->titles[ix],TRUE);
                 }
             }
         }
     }
 puts("</TABLE>");
 freeMem(matchedViewTracks);
 return TRUE;
 }
 
 char *compositeLabelWithVocabLink(char *db,struct trackDb *parentTdb, struct trackDb *childTdb,
 	                                char *vocabType, char *label)
 // If the parentTdb has a controlledVocabulary setting and the vocabType is found,
 // then label will be wrapped with the link to display it.  Return string is cloned.
 {
 char *vocab = trackDbSetting(parentTdb, "controlledVocabulary");
 
 // WARNING: this is needed to cache metadata in trackDb object (accessed by metadataFindValue)
 (void)metadataForTable(db,childTdb,NULL);
 
 if (vocab == NULL)
     return cloneString(label); // No wrapping!
 
 // Currently implemented just for ENCODE style vocab
 if (!vocabSettingIsEncode(vocab))
     return cloneString(label);
 
 char *words[SMALLBUF];
 int count;
 if ((count = chopByWhite(cloneString(vocab), words, SMALLBUF)) <= 1)
     return cloneString(label);
 
 
 char *suffix = NULL;
 char *rootLabel = labelRoot(label, &suffix);
 
 boolean found = FALSE;
 int ix;
 for (ix=1;ix<count && !found;ix++)
     {
     if (sameString(vocabType,words[ix])) // controlledVocabulary setting matches tag
         {                               // so all labels are linked
         char *link = wgEncodeVocabLink(words[0],"term",words[ix],rootLabel,rootLabel,suffix);
         return link;
         }
     else if (countChars(words[ix],'=') == 1 && childTdb != NULL)
             // The name of a trackDb setting follows and will be the controlled vocab term
         {
         strSwapChar(words[ix],'=',0);
         if (sameString(vocabType,words[ix]))  // tags match, but search for term
             {
             char * cvSetting = words[ix] + strlen(words[ix]) + 1;
             const char * cvTerm = metadataFindValue(childTdb,cvSetting);
             if (cvTerm != NULL)
                 {
                 char *link = wgEncodeVocabLink(words[0],
                                     (sameWord(cvSetting,"antibody") ?  "target" : "term"),
                                     (char *)cvTerm,(char *)cvTerm,rootLabel,suffix);
                 return link;
                 }
             }
         }
     }
 freeMem(words[0]);
 freeMem(rootLabel);
 return cloneString(label);
 }
 
-#define PM_BUTTON_UC "<IMG height=18 width=18 onclick=\"return " \
-                     "(matSetMatrixCheckBoxes(%s%s%s%s%s%s) == false);\" id='btn_%s' " \
-                     "src='../images/%s'>"
-
+#define PM_BUTTON_UC "<IMG height=18 width=18 id='%s' src='../images/%s'>"
+#define PM_BUTTON_UC_JS "return (matSetMatrixCheckBoxes(%s%s%s%s%s%s) == false);" 
+#define PM_MAKE_BUTTON_UC(s1,s2,s3,s4,s5,s6,name,img) \
+    safef(id, sizeof id, "btn_%s", (name)); \
+    printf(PM_BUTTON_UC, id, (img)); \
+    safef(javascript, sizeof javascript, PM_BUTTON_UC_JS, (s1),(s2),(s3),(s4),(s5),(s6)); \
+    jsOnEventById("click", id, javascript);
 #define MATRIX_RIGHT_BUTTONS_AFTER 8
 #define MATRIX_BOTTOM_BUTTONS_AFTER 20
 
-static void buttonsForAll()
+static void buttonsForAll(boolean left)
 {
-printf(PM_BUTTON_UC,"true", "", "", "", "", "",  "plus_all",    "add_sm.gif");
-printf(PM_BUTTON_UC,"false","", "", "", "", "", "minus_all", "remove_sm.gif");
+char id[256];
+char javascript[1024];
+char fullname[256];
+safef(fullname, sizeof fullname, "plus_all_%s" , left?"left":"right");
+PM_MAKE_BUTTON_UC("true", "", "", "", "", "",  fullname,    "add_sm.gif")
+safef(fullname, sizeof fullname, "minus_all_%s", left?"left":"right");
+PM_MAKE_BUTTON_UC("false","", "", "", "", "", fullname, "remove_sm.gif")
 }
 
-static void buttonsForOne(char *name,char *class,boolean vertical)
+static void buttonsForOne(char *class, boolean vertical, boolean left)
 {
-printf(PM_BUTTON_UC, "true",  ",'", class, "'", "", "", name,    "add_sm.gif");
+char id[256];
+char javascript[1024];
+char fullname[256];
+safef(fullname, sizeof fullname, "plus_%s_all_%s" , class, left?"left":"right");
+PM_MAKE_BUTTON_UC("true",  ",'", class, "'", "", "", fullname,    "add_sm.gif")
 if (vertical)
     puts("<BR>");
-printf(PM_BUTTON_UC, "false", ",'", class, "'", "", "", name, "remove_sm.gif");
+safef(fullname, sizeof fullname, "minus_%s_all_%s", class, left?"left":"right");
+PM_MAKE_BUTTON_UC("false", ",'", class, "'", "", "", fullname, "remove_sm.gif")
 }
 
 #define MATRIX_SQUEEZE 10
 static boolean matrixSqueeze(membersForAll_t* membersForAll)
 // Returns non-zero if the matrix will be squeezed.  Non-zero is actually squeezedLabelHeight
 {
 char *browserVersion;
 if (btIE == cgiClientBrowser(&browserVersion, NULL, NULL) && *browserVersion < '9')
     return 0;
 
 members_t *dimensionX = membersForAll->members[dimX];
 members_t *dimensionY = membersForAll->members[dimY];
 if (dimensionX && dimensionY)
     {
     if (dimensionX->count>MATRIX_SQUEEZE)
         {
         int ixX,cntX=0;
         for (ixX = 0; ixX < dimensionX->count; ixX++)
             {
             if (dimensionX->subtrackList
             &&  dimensionX->subtrackList[ixX]
             &&  dimensionX->subtrackList[ixX]->val)
                 cntX++;
             }
         if (cntX>MATRIX_SQUEEZE)
             return TRUE;
         }
     }
 return FALSE;
 }
 
 static void matrixXheadingsRow1(char *db,struct trackDb *parentTdb,boolean squeeze,
                                 membersForAll_t* membersForAll,boolean top)
 // prints the top row of a matrix: 'All' buttons; X titles; buttons 'All'
 {
 members_t *dimensionX = membersForAll->members[dimX];
 members_t *dimensionY = membersForAll->members[dimY];
 
 printf("<TR ALIGN=CENTER valign=%s>\n",top?"BOTTOM":"TOP");
 if (dimensionX && dimensionY)
     {
     printf("<TH ALIGN=LEFT valign=%s>",top?"TOP":"BOTTOM");
     //printf("<TH ALIGN=LEFT valign=%s>",(top == squeeze)?"BOTTOM":"TOP");//"TOP":"BOTTOM");
-    buttonsForAll();
+    buttonsForAll(TRUE);
     puts("&nbsp;All</TH>");
     }
 
 // If there is an X dimension, then titles go across the top
 if (dimensionX)
     {
     int ixX,cntX=0;
     if (dimensionY)
         {
         if (squeeze)
             printf("<TH align=RIGHT><div class='%s'><B><EM>%s</EM></B></div></TH>",
                    (top?"up45":"dn45"), dimensionX->groupTitle);
         else
             printf("<TH align=RIGHT><B><EM>%s</EM></B></TH>", dimensionX->groupTitle);
         }
     else
         printf("<TH ALIGN=RIGHT valign=%s>&nbsp;&nbsp;<B><EM>%s</EM></B></TH>",
                (top ? "TOP" : "BOTTOM"), dimensionX->groupTitle);
 
     for (ixX = 0; ixX < dimensionX->count; ixX++)
         {
         if (dimensionX->subtrackList
         &&  dimensionX->subtrackList[ixX]
         &&  dimensionX->subtrackList[ixX]->val)
             {
             if (dimensionY && squeeze)
                 {                                                       // Breaks must be removed!
                 strSwapStrs(dimensionX->titles[ixX],strlen(dimensionX->titles[ixX]),"<BR>"," ");
                 printf("<TH nowrap='' class='%s'><div class='%s'>%s</div></TH>\n",
                        dimensionX->tags[ixX],(top?"up45":"dn45"),
                        compositeLabelWithVocabLink(db,parentTdb,dimensionX->subtrackList[ixX]->val,
                                                    dimensionX->groupTag,dimensionX->titles[ixX]));
                 }
             else
                 {
                 char *label =replaceChars(dimensionX->titles[ixX]," (","<BR>(");
                 printf("<TH WIDTH='60' class='matCell %s all'>&nbsp;%s&nbsp;</TH>",
                        dimensionX->tags[ixX],
                        compositeLabelWithVocabLink(db,parentTdb,dimensionX->subtrackList[ixX]->val,
                                                    dimensionX->groupTag,label));
                 freeMem(label);
                 }
             cntX++;
             }
         }
     // If dimension is big enough, then add Y buttons to right as well
     if (cntX>MATRIX_RIGHT_BUTTONS_AFTER)
         {
         if (dimensionY)
             {
             if (squeeze)
                 printf("<TH align=LEFT><div class='%s'><B><EM>%s</EM></B></div></TH>",
                        (top?"up45":"dn45"), dimensionX->groupTitle);
             else
                 printf("<TH align=LEFT><B><EM>%s</EM></B></TH>", dimensionX->groupTitle);
             printf("<TH ALIGN=RIGHT valign=%s>All&nbsp;",top?"TOP":"BOTTOM");
-            buttonsForAll();
+            buttonsForAll(FALSE);
             puts("</TH>");
             }
         else
             printf("<TH ALIGN=LEFT valign=%s><B><EM>%s</EM></B>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TH>",
                    top ? "TOP" : "BOTTOM", dimensionX->groupTitle);
         }
     }
 else if (dimensionY)
     {
     printf("<TH ALIGN=RIGHT WIDTH=100 nowrap>");
     printf("<B><EM>%s</EM></B>", dimensionY->groupTitle);
     printf("</TH><TH ALIGN=CENTER WIDTH=60>");
-    buttonsForAll();
+    buttonsForAll(FALSE);
     puts("</TH>");
     }
 puts("</TR>\n");
 }
 
 static void matrixXheadingsRow2(struct trackDb *parentTdb, boolean squeeze,
                                 membersForAll_t* membersForAll)
 // prints the 2nd row of a matrix: Y title; X buttons; title Y
 {
 members_t *dimensionX = membersForAll->members[dimX];
 members_t *dimensionY = membersForAll->members[dimY];
 
 // If there are both X and Y dimensions, then there is a row of buttons in X
 if (dimensionX && dimensionY)
     {
     int ixX,cntX=0;
     printf("<TR ALIGN=CENTER><TH ALIGN=CENTER colspan=2><B><EM>%s</EM></B></TH>",
            dimensionY->groupTitle);
     for (ixX = 0; ixX < dimensionX->count; ixX++)    // Special row of +- +- +-
         {
         if (dimensionX->subtrackList
         &&  dimensionX->subtrackList[ixX]
         &&  dimensionX->subtrackList[ixX]->val)
             {
-            char objName[SMALLBUF];
             printf("<TD nowrap class='matCell %s all'>\n",dimensionX->tags[ixX]);
-            safef(objName, sizeof(objName), "plus_%s_all", dimensionX->tags[ixX]);
-            buttonsForOne( objName, dimensionX->tags[ixX], squeeze );
+            buttonsForOne( dimensionX->tags[ixX], squeeze, TRUE);
             puts("</TD>");
             cntX++;
             }
         }
     // If dimension is big enough, then add Y buttons to right as well
     if (cntX>MATRIX_RIGHT_BUTTONS_AFTER)
         printf("<TH ALIGN=CENTER colspan=2><B><EM>%s</EM></B></TH>", dimensionY->groupTitle);
     puts("</TR>\n");
     }
 }
 
 static boolean matrixXheadings(char *db,struct trackDb *parentTdb, membersForAll_t* membersForAll,
                                boolean top)
 // UI for X headings in matrix
 {
 boolean squeeze = matrixSqueeze(membersForAll);
 
 if (top)
     matrixXheadingsRow1(db,parentTdb,squeeze,membersForAll,top);
 
 matrixXheadingsRow2(parentTdb,squeeze,membersForAll);
 
 if (!top)
     matrixXheadingsRow1(db,parentTdb,squeeze,membersForAll,top);
 
 return squeeze;
 }
 
 static void matrixYheadings(char *db,struct trackDb *parentTdb, membersForAll_t* membersForAll,
                             int ixY,boolean left)
 // prints the column of Y labels and buttons
 {
 members_t *dimensionX = membersForAll->members[dimX];
 members_t *dimensionY = membersForAll->members[dimY];
 
 struct trackDb *childTdb = NULL;
 if (dimensionY
 &&  dimensionY->subtrackList
 &&  dimensionY->subtrackList[ixY]
 &&  dimensionY->subtrackList[ixY]->val)
     childTdb = dimensionY->subtrackList[ixY]->val;
 
 if (dimensionX && dimensionY && childTdb != NULL) // Both X and Y, then column of buttons
     {
-    char objName[SMALLBUF];
     printf("<TH class='matCell all %s' ALIGN=%s nowrap colspan=2>",
            dimensionY->tags[ixY],left?"RIGHT":"LEFT");
     if (left)
         printf("%s&nbsp;",compositeLabelWithVocabLink(db,parentTdb,childTdb,dimensionY->groupTag,
                                                       dimensionY->titles[ixY]));
-    safef(objName, sizeof(objName), "plus_all_%s", dimensionY->tags[ixY]);
-    buttonsForOne( objName, dimensionY->tags[ixY], FALSE );
+    buttonsForOne( dimensionY->tags[ixY], FALSE, left);
     if (!left)
         printf("&nbsp;%s",compositeLabelWithVocabLink(db,parentTdb,childTdb,dimensionY->groupTag,
                                                       dimensionY->titles[ixY]));
     puts("</TH>");
     }
 else if (dimensionX)
     {
     printf("<TH ALIGN=%s>",left?"RIGHT":"LEFT");
-    buttonsForAll();
+    buttonsForAll(TRUE);
     puts("</TH>");
     }
 else if (left && dimensionY && childTdb != NULL)
     printf("<TH class='matCell all %s' ALIGN=RIGHT nowrap>%s</TH>\n",dimensionY->tags[ixY],
            compositeLabelWithVocabLink(db,parentTdb,childTdb,dimensionY->groupTag,
                                        dimensionY->titles[ixY]));
 }
 
 static int displayABCdimensions(char *db,struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *parentTdb,
                                 struct slRef *subtrackRefList, membersForAll_t* membersForAll)
 // This will walk through all declared nonX&Y dimensions (X and Y is the 2D matrix of CBs.
 // NOTE: ABC dims are only supported if there are X & Y both.
 //       Also expected number should be passed in
 {
 int count=0,ix;
 for (ix=dimA;ix<membersForAll->dimMax;ix++)
     {
     if (membersForAll->members[ix]==NULL)
         continue;
     if (membersForAll->members[ix]->count<1)
         continue;
     count++;
 
     if (count==1) // First time set up a table
         puts("<BR><TABLE>");
     printf("<TR><TH valign=top align='right'>&nbsp;&nbsp;<B><EM>%s</EM></B>:</TH>",
            membersForAll->members[ix]->groupTitle);
     int aIx;
     for (aIx=0;aIx<membersForAll->members[ix]->count;aIx++)
         {
         if (membersForAll->members[ix]->tags[aIx] != NULL)
             {
             assert(membersForAll->members[ix]->subtrackList[aIx]->val != NULL);
             printf("<TH align=left nowrap>");
             char objName[SMALLBUF];
             char javascript[JBUFSIZE];
+            char other[JBUFSIZE];
             boolean alreadySet=FALSE;
             if (membersForAll->members[ix]->selected != NULL)
                 alreadySet = membersForAll->members[ix]->selected[aIx];
             safef(objName, sizeof(objName), "%s.mat_%s_dim%c_cb",parentTdb->track,
                   membersForAll->members[ix]->tags[aIx],membersForAll->letters[ix]);
-            safef(javascript,sizeof(javascript),
-                  "onclick='matCbClick(this);' class=\"matCB abc %s\"",
-                  membersForAll->members[ix]->tags[aIx]);
-            cgiMakeCheckBoxJS(objName,alreadySet,javascript);
+            safef(javascript,sizeof(javascript), "matCbClick(this);");
+	    safef(other, sizeof other, "class='matCB abc %s'", membersForAll->members[ix]->tags[aIx]);
+            cgiMakeCheckBoxIdAndMore(objName,alreadySet,objName,other);
+	    jsOnEventById("click", objName, javascript);
             printf("%s",compositeLabelWithVocabLink(db,parentTdb,
                    membersForAll->members[ix]->subtrackList[aIx]->val,
                    membersForAll->members[ix]->groupTag,
                    membersForAll->members[ix]->titles[aIx]));
             puts("</TH>");
             }
         }
     puts("</TR>");
     }
 if (count>0)
     puts("</TABLE>");
 return count;
 }
 
 #ifdef DEBUG
 static void dumpDimension(members_t *dimension, char *name, FILE *f)
 /* Dump out information on dimension. */
 {
 int count = dimension->count;
 fprintf(f, "%s: count=%d tag=%s title=%s setting=%s<BR>\n", name, count, dimension->tag, dimension->title, dimension->setting);
 int i;
 for (i=0; i<count; ++i)
     fprintf(f, "%s=%s ", dimension->names[i], dimension->values[i]);
 fprintf(f, "<BR>\n");
 }
 #endif /* DEBUG */
 
 static char *labelWithVocabLinkForMultiples(char *db,struct trackDb *parentTdb, members_t* members)
 // If the parentTdb has a controlledVocabulary setting and the vocabType is found,
 // then label will be wrapped with the link to all relevent terms.  Return string is cloned.
 {
 assert(members->subtrackList != NULL);
 char *vocab = cloneString(trackDbSetting(parentTdb, "controlledVocabulary"));
 if (vocab == NULL)
     return cloneString(members->groupTitle); // No link wrapping!
 
 char *words[15];
 int count,ix;
 boolean found=FALSE;
 if ((count = chopByWhite(vocab, words,15)) <= 1) // vocab now contains just the file name
     return cloneString(members->groupTitle);
 
 char *mdbVar = NULL;
 
 // Find mdb var to look up based upon the groupTag and cv setting
 for (ix=1;ix<count && !found;ix++)
     {
     if (sameString(members->groupTag,words[ix])) // controlledVocabulary setting matches tag
         {                                       // so all labels are linked
         mdbVar = members->groupTag;
         break;
         }
     else if (startsWithWordByDelimiter(members->groupTag,'=',words[ix]))
         {
         mdbVar = words[ix] + strlen(members->groupTag) + 1;
         break;
         }
     }
 if (mdbVar == NULL)
     {
     freeMem(vocab);
     return cloneString(members->groupTitle);
     }
 
 #define VOCAB_MULTILINK_BEG "<A HREF='hgEncodeVocab?ra=%s&%s=\""
 #define VOCAB_MULTILINK_END "\"' title='Click for details of each %s' TARGET=ucscVocab>%s</A>"
 struct dyString *dyLink = dyStringCreate(VOCAB_MULTILINK_BEG,vocab,
                                          (sameWord(mdbVar,"antibody")?"target":"term"));
 
 // Now build the comma delimited string of mdb vals (all have same mdb var)
 boolean first = TRUE;
 for (ix=0;ix<members->count;ix++)
     {
     if (members->subtrackList[ix] != NULL && members->subtrackList[ix]->val != NULL)
         {
         struct trackDb *childTdb = members->subtrackList[ix]->val;
         (void)metadataForTable(db,childTdb,NULL); // Makes sure this has been populated
         const char * mdbVal = metadataFindValue(childTdb,mdbVar); // one for each is enough
         if (mdbVal != NULL)
             {
             if (!first)
                 dyStringAppendC(dyLink,',');
             dyStringAppend(dyLink,(char *)mdbVal);
             first = FALSE;
             }
         }
     }
 dyStringPrintf(dyLink,VOCAB_MULTILINK_END,members->groupTitle,members->groupTitle);
 freeMem(vocab);
 return dyStringCannibalize(&dyLink);
 }
 
 static boolean compositeUiByFilter(char *db, struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *parentTdb,
                                    char *formName)
 // UI for composite tracks: filter subgroups by multiselects to select subtracks.
 {
 membersForAll_t* membersForAll = membersForAllSubGroupsGet(parentTdb,cart);
 if (membersForAll == NULL || membersForAll->filters == FALSE) // Not Matrix or filters
     return FALSE;
 if (cartOptionalString(cart, "ajax") == NULL)
     {
     webIncludeResourceFile("ui.dropdownchecklist.css");
     jsIncludeFile("ui.dropdownchecklist.js",NULL);
     jsIncludeFile("ddcl.js",NULL);
     }
 
 cgiDown(0.7);
 printf("<B>Select subtracks %sby:</B> (select multiple %sitems - %s)<BR>\n",
        (membersForAll->members[dimX] != NULL || membersForAll->members[dimY] != NULL ? "further ":""),
        (membersForAll->dimMax == dimA?"":"categories and "),FILTERBY_HELP_LINK);
 printf("<TABLE><TR valign='top'>\n");
 
+char id[256];
+char javascript[1024];
+
 // Do All [+][-] buttons
 if (membersForAll->members[dimX] == NULL && membersForAll->members[dimY] == NULL) // No matrix
     {
     printf("<TD align='left' width='50px'><B>All:</B><BR>");
     // TODO: Test when a real world case actually calls this.  Currently no trackDb.ra cases exist
-    #define PM_BUTTON_FILTER_COMP "<input type='button' class='inOutButton' " \
-                                  "onclick=\"waitOnFunction(filterCompositeSet,this,%s); " \
-                                  "return false;\" id='btn_%s' value='%c'>"
-    printf(PM_BUTTON_FILTER_COMP,"true",  "plus_fc",'+');
-    printf(PM_BUTTON_FILTER_COMP,"false","minus_fc",'-');
+    #define PM_BUTTON_FILTER_COMP "<input type='button' class='inOutButton' id='%s' value='%c'>"
+    #define PM_BUTTON_FILTER_COMP_JS "waitOnFunction(filterCompositeSet,this,%s);return false;"
+    #define MAKE_PM_BUTTON_FILTER_COMP(tf,fc,plmi) \
+    printf(PM_BUTTON_FILTER_COMP, id, (plmi)); \
+    safef(id, sizeof id, "'btn_%s", (fc)); \
+    safef(javascript, sizeof javascript, PM_BUTTON_FILTER_COMP_JS, (tf)); \
+    jsOnEventById("click", id, javascript);
+
+    MAKE_PM_BUTTON_FILTER_COMP("true",  "plus_fc",'+')
+    MAKE_PM_BUTTON_FILTER_COMP("false","minus_fc",'-')
     printf("</TD>\n");
     }
 
 // Now make a filterComp box for each ABC dimension
 int dimIx=dimA;
 for (dimIx=dimA;dimIx<membersForAll->dimMax;dimIx++)
     {
     printf("<TD align='left'><B>%s:</B><BR>\n",
            labelWithVocabLinkForMultiples(db,parentTdb,membersForAll->members[dimIx]));
 
-    #define FILTER_COMPOSITE_FORMAT "<SELECT id='fc%d' name='%s.filterComp.%s' %s " \
-                                    "onchange='filterCompositeSelectionChanged(this);' " \
+    #define FILTER_COMPOSITE_FORMAT "<SELECT id='%s' name='%s.filterComp.%s' %s " \
                                     "style='display: none; font-size:.8em;' " \
                                     "class='filterComp'><BR>\n"
-    printf(FILTER_COMPOSITE_FORMAT,dimIx,parentTdb->track,membersForAll->members[dimIx]->groupTag,
+    #define FILTER_COMPOSITE_FORMAT_JS "filterCompositeSelectionChanged(this);"
+    safef(id, sizeof id, "fc%d",dimIx); 
+    printf(FILTER_COMPOSITE_FORMAT,id,parentTdb->track,membersForAll->members[dimIx]->groupTag,
            "multiple");
+    safef(javascript, sizeof javascript, FILTER_COMPOSITE_FORMAT_JS);
+    jsOnEventById("change", id, javascript);
+
 
     // DO we support anything besides multi?
     //  (membersForAll->members[dimIx]->fcType == fctMulti?"multiple ":""));
     if (membersForAll->members[dimIx]->fcType != fctOneOnly)
         printf("<OPTION%s>All</OPTION>\n",
                (sameWord("All",membersForAll->checkedTags[dimIx])?" SELECTED":"") );
 
     int ix=0;
     for (ix=0;ix<membersForAll->members[dimIx]->count; ix++)
         {
         boolean alreadySet = membersForAll->members[dimIx]->selected[ix];
         printf("<OPTION%s value=%s>%s</OPTION>\n",(alreadySet?" SELECTED":""),
                membersForAll->members[dimIx]->tags[ix],membersForAll->members[dimIx]->titles[ix]);
         }
     printf("</SELECT>");
 
     if (membersForAll->members[dimIx]->fcType == fctOneOnly)
         printf(" (select only one)");
 
     printf("</TD><TD width='20'></TD>\n");
     }
 printf("</TR></TABLE>\n");
 
 puts("<BR>\n");
 
 return TRUE;
 }
 
 static boolean compositeUiByMatrix(char *db, struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *parentTdb,
                                    char *formName)
 // UI for composite tracks: matrix of checkboxes.
 {
 //int ix;
 char objName[SMALLBUF];
 
 membersForAll_t* membersForAll = membersForAllSubGroupsGet(parentTdb,cart);
 if (membersForAll == NULL || membersForAll->dimensions == NULL) // Not Matrix!
     return FALSE;
 
 int ixX,ixY;
 members_t *dimensionX = membersForAll->members[dimX];
 members_t *dimensionY = membersForAll->members[dimY];
 
 // use array of char determine all the cells (in X,Y,Z dimensions) that are actually populated
 char *value;
 int sizeOfX = dimensionX?dimensionX->count:1;
 int sizeOfY = dimensionY?dimensionY->count:1;
 int cells[sizeOfX][sizeOfY]; // There needs to be atleast one element in dimension
 int chked[sizeOfX][sizeOfY]; // How many subCBs are checked per matCB?
 int enabd[sizeOfX][sizeOfY]; // How many subCBs are enabled per matCB?
 memset(cells, 0, sizeof(cells));
 memset(chked, 0, sizeof(chked));
 memset(enabd, 0, sizeof(chked));
 
 struct slRef *subtrackRef, *subtrackRefList =
                                     trackDbListGetRefsToDescendantLeaves(parentTdb->subtracks);
 struct trackDb *subtrack;
 if (dimensionX || dimensionY) // Must be an X or Y dimension
     {
     // Fill the cells based upon subtrack membership
     for (subtrackRef = subtrackRefList; subtrackRef != NULL; subtrackRef = subtrackRef->next)
         {
         subtrack = subtrackRef->val;
         ixX = (dimensionX ? -1 : 0 );
         ixY = (dimensionY ? -1 : 0 );
         if (dimensionX && subgroupFind(subtrack,dimensionX->groupTag,&value))
             {
             ixX = stringArrayIx(value,dimensionX->tags,dimensionX->count);
             subgroupFree(&value);
             }
         if (dimensionY && subgroupFind(subtrack,dimensionY->groupTag,&value))
             {
             ixY = stringArrayIx(value,dimensionY->tags,dimensionY->count);
             subgroupFree(&value);
             }
         if (ixX > -1 && ixY > -1)
             {
             cells[ixX][ixY]++;
             int fourState = subtrackFourStateChecked(subtrack,cart);
             // hidden views are handled by 4-way CBs: only count enabled
             if (fourStateEnabled(fourState))
                 {
                 // Only bother if the subtrack is found in all ABC dims checked
                 if (subtrackInAllCurrentABCs(subtrack,membersForAll))
                     {
                     enabd[ixX][ixY]++;
                     if (fourStateChecked(fourState) == 1)
                         chked[ixX][ixY]++;
                     }
                 }
             }
         }
     }
 
 // If there is no matrix and if there is a filterComposite, then were are done.
 if (dimensionX == NULL && dimensionY == NULL)
     {
     if (compositeUiByFilter(db, cart, parentTdb, formName))
         return FALSE;
     }
 
 // Tell the user what to do:
 char javascript[JBUFSIZE];
 //puts("<B>Select subtracks by characterization:</B><BR>");
 printf("<B>Select subtracks by ");
 if (dimensionX && !dimensionY)
     safef(javascript, sizeof(javascript), "%s:</B>",dimensionX->groupTitle);
 else if (!dimensionX && dimensionY)
     safef(javascript, sizeof(javascript), "%s:</B>",dimensionY->groupTitle);
 else if (dimensionX && dimensionY)
     safef(javascript, sizeof(javascript), "%s and %s:</B>",
           dimensionX->groupTitle,dimensionY->groupTitle);
 else
     safef(javascript, sizeof(javascript), "multiple variables:</B>");
 puts(strLower(javascript));
 
 if (!subgroupingExists(parentTdb,"view"))
     puts("(<A HREF=\"../goldenPath/help/multiView.html\" title='Help on subtrack selection' "
          "TARGET=_BLANK>help</A>)\n");
 
 puts("<BR>\n");
 
 if (membersForAll->abcCount > 0 && membersForAll->filters == FALSE)
     {
     displayABCdimensions(db,cart,parentTdb,subtrackRefList,membersForAll);
     }
 
 // Could have been just filterComposite. Must be an X or Y dimension
 if (dimensionX == NULL && dimensionY == NULL)
     return FALSE;
 
 // if there is a treeimage, put it beside the matrix in the green box
 char *treeImage =  trackDbSetting(parentTdb, "treeImage");
 if (treeImage != NULL)
     {
     printf("<TABLE class='greenBox matrix' ><TD>");
     printf("<TABLE cellspacing=0 style='background-color:%s;'>\n",
        COLOR_BG_ALTDEFAULT);
     }
 else
     printf("<TABLE class='greenBox matrix' cellspacing=0 style='background-color:%s;'>\n",
        COLOR_BG_ALTDEFAULT);
 
 (void)matrixXheadings(db,parentTdb,membersForAll,TRUE);
 
 // Now the Y by X matrix
 int cntX=0,cntY=0;
 for (ixY = 0; ixY < sizeOfY; ixY++)
     {
     if (dimensionY == NULL || (dimensionY->tags[ixY]))
         {
         cntY++;
         assert(!dimensionY || ixY < dimensionY->count);
         printf("<TR ALIGN=CENTER>");
 
         matrixYheadings(db,parentTdb, membersForAll,ixY,TRUE);
 
-#define MAT_CB_SETUP "<INPUT TYPE=CHECKBOX NAME='%s' VALUE=on %s>"
-#define MAT_CB(name,js) printf(MAT_CB_SETUP,(name),(js));
+#define MAT_CB_SETUP "<INPUT TYPE=CHECKBOX NAME='%s' ID='%s' VALUE=on %s>"
+#define MAT_CB(name,js) printf(MAT_CB_SETUP,(name),(name),(js));
         for (ixX = 0; ixX < sizeOfX; ixX++)
             {
             if (dimensionX == NULL || (dimensionX->tags[ixX]))
                 {
                 assert(!dimensionX || ixX < dimensionX->count);
 
                 if (cntY==1) // Only do this on the first good Y
                     cntX++;
 
                 if (dimensionX && ixX == dimensionX->count)
                     break;
                 char *ttlX = NULL;
                 char *ttlY = NULL;
                 if (dimensionX)
                     {
                     ttlX = cloneString(dimensionX->titles[ixX]);
                     stripString(ttlX,"<i>");
                     stripString(ttlX,"</i>");
                     }
                 if (dimensionY != NULL)
                     {
                     ttlY = cloneString(dimensionY->titles[ixY]);
                     stripString(ttlY,"<i>");
                     stripString(ttlY,"</i>");
                     }
                 if (cells[ixX][ixY] > 0)
                     {
                     boolean halfChecked = (  chked[ixX][ixY] > 0
                                           && chked[ixX][ixY] < enabd[ixX][ixY]);
 
-                    struct dyString *dyJS = dyStringCreate("onclick='matCbClick(this);'");
+                    struct dyString *dySettings = dyStringNew(256);
                     if (dimensionX && dimensionY)
                         {
                         safef(objName, sizeof(objName), "mat_%s_%s_cb",
                               dimensionX->tags[ixX],dimensionY->tags[ixY]);
                         }
                     else
                         {
                         safef(objName, sizeof(objName), "mat_%s_cb",
                               (dimensionX ? dimensionX->tags[ixX] : dimensionY->tags[ixY]));
                         }
                     if (ttlX && ttlY)
                         printf("<TD class='matCell %s %s'>\n",
                                dimensionX->tags[ixX],dimensionY->tags[ixY]);
                     else
                         printf("<TD class='matCell %s'>\n",
                                (dimensionX ? dimensionX->tags[ixX] : dimensionY->tags[ixY]));
-                    dyStringPrintf(dyJS, " class=\"matCB");
+                    dyStringPrintf(dySettings, " class=\"matCB");
                     if (halfChecked)
-                        dyStringPrintf(dyJS, " disabled"); // appears disabled but still clickable!
+                        dyStringPrintf(dySettings, " disabled"); // appears disabled but still clickable!
                     if (dimensionX)
-                        dyStringPrintf(dyJS, " %s",dimensionX->tags[ixX]);
+                        dyStringPrintf(dySettings, " %s",dimensionX->tags[ixX]);
                     if (dimensionY)
-                        dyStringPrintf(dyJS, " %s",dimensionY->tags[ixY]);
-                    dyStringAppendC(dyJS,'"');
+                        dyStringPrintf(dySettings, " %s",dimensionY->tags[ixY]);
+                    dyStringAppendC(dySettings,'"');
                     if (chked[ixX][ixY] > 0)
-                        dyStringAppend(dyJS," CHECKED");
+                        dyStringAppend(dySettings," CHECKED");
                     if (halfChecked)
-                        dyStringAppend(dyJS," title='Not all associated subtracks have been"
-                                            " selected'");
+                        dyStringAppend(dySettings," title='Not all associated subtracks have been selected'");
 
-                    MAT_CB(objName,dyStringCannibalize(&dyJS)); // X&Y are set by javascript
+                    MAT_CB(objName,dyStringCannibalize(&dySettings));
+                    jsOnEventById("click", objName, "matCbClick(this);"); // X&Y are set by javascript
                     puts("</TD>");
                     }
                 else
                     {
                     if (ttlX && ttlY)
                         printf("<TD class='matCell %s %s'></TD>\n",
                                dimensionX->tags[ixX],dimensionY->tags[ixY]);
                     else
                         printf("<TD class='matCell %s'></TD>\n",
                                (dimensionX ? dimensionX->tags[ixX] : dimensionY->tags[ixY]));
                     }
                 }
             }
         if (dimensionX && cntX>MATRIX_RIGHT_BUTTONS_AFTER)
             matrixYheadings(db,parentTdb, membersForAll,ixY,FALSE);
         puts("</TR>\n");
         }
     }
 if (dimensionY && cntY>MATRIX_BOTTOM_BUTTONS_AFTER)
     matrixXheadings(db,parentTdb,membersForAll,FALSE);
 
 puts("</TD></TR></TABLE>");
 
 // if there is a treeImage, put it beside the matrix
 if (treeImage != NULL)
     printf("</TD><TD><IMG SRC=\"%s\"></TD></TABLE>", treeImage);
 
 // If any filter additional filter composites, they can be added at the end.
 compositeUiByFilter(db, cart, parentTdb, formName);
 
 return TRUE;
 }
 
 static boolean compositeUiAllButtons(char *db, struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *parentTdb,
                                      char *formName)
 // UI for composite tracks: all/none buttons only (as opposed to matrix or lots of buttons
 {
 if (trackDbCountDescendantLeaves(parentTdb) <= 1)
     return FALSE;
 
 if (dimensionsExist(parentTdb))
     return FALSE;
 
-#define PM_BUTTON_GLOBAL "<IMG height=18 width=18 onclick=\"matSubCBsCheck(%s);\" " \
-                         "id='btn_%s' src='../images/%s'>"
-#define    BUTTON_PLUS_ALL_GLOBAL()  printf(PM_BUTTON_GLOBAL,"true",  "plus_all",   "add_sm.gif")
-#define    BUTTON_MINUS_ALL_GLOBAL() printf(PM_BUTTON_GLOBAL,"false","minus_all","remove_sm.gif")
-BUTTON_PLUS_ALL_GLOBAL();
-BUTTON_MINUS_ALL_GLOBAL();
+#define PM_BUTTON_GLOBAL "<IMG height=18 width=18 id='%s' src='../images/%s'>"
+#define PM_BUTTON_GLOBAL_JS "matSubCBsCheck(%s);"
+char id[256];
+char javascript[1024];
+safef(id, sizeof id, "btn_plus_all"); 
+safef(javascript, sizeof javascript, PM_BUTTON_GLOBAL_JS, "true");
+printf(PM_BUTTON_GLOBAL, id, "add_sm.gif");
+jsOnEventById("click", id, javascript);
+
+safef(id, sizeof id, "btn_minus_all"); 
+safef(javascript, sizeof javascript, PM_BUTTON_GLOBAL_JS, "false");
+printf(PM_BUTTON_GLOBAL, id, "remove_sm.gif");
+jsOnEventById("click", id, javascript);
+
 puts("&nbsp;<B>Select all subtracks</B><BR>");
 return TRUE;
 }
 
 static boolean compositeUiNoMatrix(char *db, struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *parentTdb,
                                    char *formName)
 // UI for composite tracks: subtrack selection.  This is the default UI
 // without matrix controls.
 {
 int i, j, k;
 char *words[SMALLBUF];
 char option[SMALLBUF];
 int wordCnt;
 char *name, *value;
 char buttonVar[1024];
 char setting[] = "subGroupN";
 char *button;
 struct trackDb *subtrack;
 bool hasSubgroups = (trackDbSetting(parentTdb, "subGroup1") != NULL);
 
 if (dimensionsExist(parentTdb))
     return FALSE;
 
 puts("<TABLE>");
 if (hasSubgroups)
     {
     puts("<TR><B>Select subtracks:</B></TR>");
     puts("<TR><TD><B><EM>&nbsp; &nbsp; All</EM></B>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;"
          "&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; </TD><TD>");
     }
 else
     {
     puts("<TR><TD><B>All subtracks:</B></TD><TD>");
     }
 safef(buttonVar, sizeof buttonVar, "%s", "button_all");
 if (formName)
     {
-    makeAddClearButtonPair(NULL,"</TD><TD>"); // NULL means all
+    makeAddClearButtonPair("cpmUiNoMtx_but_all", NULL,"</TD><TD>"); // NULL means all
     }
 else
     {
     cgiMakeButton(buttonVar, ADD_BUTTON_LABEL);
     puts("</TD><TD>");
     cgiMakeButton(buttonVar, CLEAR_BUTTON_LABEL);
     }
 button = cgiOptionalString(buttonVar);
 if (isNotEmpty(button))
     {
     struct slRef *tdbRefList = trackDbListGetRefsToDescendantLeaves(parentTdb->subtracks);
     struct slRef *tdbRef;
     for (tdbRef = tdbRefList; tdbRef != NULL; tdbRef = tdbRef->next)
         {
 	subtrack = tdbRef->val;
         boolean newVal = FALSE;
         safef(option, sizeof(option), "%s_sel", subtrack->track);
         newVal = sameString(button, ADD_BUTTON_LABEL);
         cartSetBoolean(cart, option, newVal);
         }
     }
 puts("</TD></TR>");
 puts("</TABLE>");
 // generate set & clear buttons for subgroups
 for (i = 0; i < MAX_SUBGROUP; i++)
     {
     char *subGroup;
     safef(setting, sizeof setting, "subGroup%d", i+1);
     if (trackDbSetting(parentTdb, setting) == NULL)
         break;
     wordCnt = chopLine(cloneString(trackDbSetting(parentTdb, setting)), words);
     if (wordCnt < 2)
         continue;
     subGroup = cloneString(words[0]);
     if (sameWord(subGroup,"view"))
         continue;  // Multi-view should have taken care of "view" subgroup already
     puts("<TABLE>");
     printf("<TR><TD><B><EM>&nbsp; &nbsp; %s</EM></B></TD></TR>", words[1]);
     for (j = 2; j < wordCnt; j++)
         {
         if (!parseAssignment(words[j], &name, &value))
             continue;
         printf("<TR><TD>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; %s</TD><TD>",
                value);
         safef(buttonVar, sizeof buttonVar, "%s_%s", subGroup, name);
         if (formName)
             {
-            makeAddClearButtonPair(name,"</TD><TD>");
+	    char id[256];
+	    safef(id, sizeof id, "cpmUiNoMtx_but_%d", i);
+            makeAddClearButtonPair(id, name,"</TD><TD>");
             }
         else
             {
             cgiMakeButton(buttonVar, ADD_BUTTON_LABEL);
             puts("</TD><TD>");
             cgiMakeButton(buttonVar, CLEAR_BUTTON_LABEL);
             }
         puts("</TD></TR>");
         button = cgiOptionalString(buttonVar);
         if (isEmpty(button))
             continue;
 	struct slRef *tdbRefList = trackDbListGetRefsToDescendantLeaves(parentTdb->subtracks);
 	struct slRef *tdbRef;
 	for (tdbRef = tdbRefList; tdbRef != NULL; tdbRef = tdbRef->next)
             {
 	    subtrack = tdbRef->val;
             char *p;
             int n;
             if ((p = trackDbSetting(subtrack, "subGroups")) == NULL)
                 continue;
             n = chopLine(cloneString(p), words);
             for (k = 0; k < n; k++)
                 {
                 char *subName, *subValue;
                 if (!parseAssignment(words[k], &subName, &subValue))
                     continue;
                 if (sameString(subName, subGroup) && sameString(subValue, name))
                     {
                     boolean newVal = FALSE;
                     safef(option, sizeof(option),"%s_sel", subtrack->track);
                     newVal = sameString(button, ADD_BUTTON_LABEL);
                     cartSetBoolean(cart, option, newVal);
                     }
                 }
             }
         }
     puts("</TABLE>");
     }
 return TRUE;
 }
 
 void hCompositeUi(char *db, struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb,
                   char *primarySubtrack, char *fakeSubmit, char *formName)
 // UI for composite tracks: subtrack selection.  If primarySubtrack is
 // non-NULL, don't allow it to be cleared and only offer subtracks
 // that have the same type.  If fakeSubmit is non-NULL, add a hidden
 // var with that name so it looks like it was pressed.
 {
 bool hasSubgroups = (trackDbSetting(tdb, "subGroup1") != NULL);
 boolean isMatrix = dimensionsExist(tdb);
 boolean viewsOnly = FALSE;
 
 if (primarySubtrack == NULL && !cartVarExists(cart, "ajax"))
     {
     if (trackDbSetting(tdb, "dragAndDrop") != NULL)
         jsIncludeFile("jquery.tablednd.js", NULL);
     jsIncludeFile("ajax.js",NULL);
     jsIncludeFile("hui.js",NULL);
     jsIncludeFile("subCfg.js",NULL);
     }
 
 cgiDown(0.7);
 if (trackDbCountDescendantLeaves(tdb) < MANY_SUBTRACKS && !hasSubgroups)
     {
     if (primarySubtrack)
         compositeUiSubtracksMatchingPrimary(db, cart, tdb,primarySubtrack);
     else
         compositeUiSubtracks(db, cart, tdb);
     return;
     }
 if (fakeSubmit)
     cgiMakeHiddenVar(fakeSubmit, "submit");
 
 if (primarySubtrack == NULL)
     {
     if (subgroupingExists(tdb,"view"))
         {
         hCompositeDisplayViewDropDowns(db, cart,tdb);
         if (subgroupCount(tdb) <= 1)
             viewsOnly = TRUE;
         }
     if (!viewsOnly)
         {
         cgiDown(0.7);
         if (trackDbSettingOn(tdb, "allButtonPair"))
 	    {
             compositeUiAllButtons(db, cart, tdb, formName);
 	    }
         else if (!hasSubgroups || !isMatrix)
 	    {
             compositeUiNoMatrix(db, cart, tdb, formName);
 	    }
         else
 	    {
             compositeUiByMatrix(db, cart, tdb, formName);
 	    }
         }
     }
 
 cartSaveSession(cart);
 cgiContinueHiddenVar("g");
 
 if (primarySubtrack)
     compositeUiSubtracksMatchingPrimary(db, cart, tdb,primarySubtrack);
 else
     compositeUiSubtracks(db, cart, tdb);
 
 if (primarySubtrack == NULL)  // primarySubtrack is set for tableBrowser but not hgTrackUi
     {
     if (trackDbCountDescendantLeaves(tdb) > 5)
         {
         cgiDown(0.7);
         cgiMakeButton("Submit", "Submit");
         }
     }
 }
 
 boolean superTrackDropDownWithExtra(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb,
-                                    int visibleChild,char *extra)
+                                    int visibleChild, struct slPair *events)
 // Displays hide/show dropdown for supertrack.
 // Set visibleChild to indicate whether 'show' should be grayed
 // out to indicate that no supertrack members are visible:
 //    0 to gray out (no visible children)
 //    1 don't gray out (there are visible children)
 //   -1 don't know (this function should determine)
 // If -1,i the subtracks field must be populated with the child trackDbs.
 // Returns false if not a supertrack
 {
 if (!tdbIsSuperTrack(tdb))
     return FALSE;
 
 // determine if supertrack is show/hide
 boolean show = FALSE;
 char *setting =
         cartUsualString(cart, tdb->track, tdb->isShow ? "show" : "hide");
 if (sameString("show", setting))
     show = TRUE;
 
 // Determine if any tracks in supertrack are visible; if not, the 'show' is grayed out
 if (show && (visibleChild == -1))
     {
     visibleChild = 0;
     struct slRef *childRef;
     for ( childRef = tdb->children; childRef != NULL; childRef = childRef->next)
         {
 	struct trackDb *cTdb = childRef->val;
         cTdb->visibility =
                 hTvFromString(cartUsualString(cart, cTdb->track,
                                       hStringFromTv(cTdb->visibility)));
         if (cTdb->visibility != tvHide)
             visibleChild = 1;
         }
     }
 hideShowDropDownWithClassAndExtra(tdb->track, show, (show && visibleChild) ?
-                                  "normalText visDD" : "hiddenText visDD",extra);
+                                  "normalText visDD" : "hiddenText visDD", events);
 return TRUE;
 }
 
 int tvConvertToNumericOrder(enum trackVisibility v)
 {
 return ((v) == tvFull   ? 4 : \
         (v) == tvPack   ? 3 : \
         (v) == tvSquish ? 2 : \
         (v) == tvDense  ? 1 : 0);
 }
 
 int tvCompare(enum trackVisibility a, enum trackVisibility b)
 /* enum trackVis isn't in numeric order by visibility, so compare
  * symbolically: */
 {
 return (tvConvertToNumericOrder(b) - tvConvertToNumericOrder(a));
 }
 
 enum trackVisibility tvMin(enum trackVisibility a, enum trackVisibility b)
 /* Return the less visible of a and b. */
 {
 if (tvCompare(a, b) >= 0)
     return a;
 else
     return b;
 }
 
 enum trackVisibility tdbLocalVisibility(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb,
                                         boolean *subtrackOverride)
 // returns visibility NOT limited by ancestry.
 // Fills optional boolean if subtrack specific vis is found
 // If not NULL cart will be examined without ClosestToHome.
 // Folders/supertracks resolve to hide/full
 {
 if (subtrackOverride != NULL)
     *subtrackOverride = FALSE; // default
 
 // tdb->visibility should reflect local trackDb setting
 enum trackVisibility vis = tdb->visibility;
 if (tdbIsSuperTrack(tdb))
     vis = (tdb->isShow ? tvFull : tvHide);
 
 if (cart != NULL) // cart is optional
     {
     char *cartVis = cartOptionalString(cart, tdb->track);
     // check hub tracks for visibility settings without the hub prefix
     if (startsWith("hub_", tdb->track) && (cartVis == NULL))
         cartVis = cartOptionalString(cart, trackHubSkipHubName(tdb->track));
 
     if (cartVis != NULL)
         {
         vis = hTvFromString(cartVis);
         if (subtrackOverride != NULL && tdbIsContainerChild(tdb))
             *subtrackOverride = TRUE;
         }
     }
 return vis;
 }
 
 enum trackVisibility tdbVisLimitedByAncestors(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb,
                                               boolean checkBoxToo, boolean foldersToo)
 // returns visibility limited by ancestry.
 // This includes subtrack vis override and parents limit maximum.
 // cart may be null, in which case, only trackDb settings (default state) are examined
 // checkBoxToo means ensure subtrack checkbox state is visible
 // foldersToo means limit by folders (aka superTracks) as well.
 {
 boolean subtrackOverride = FALSE;
 enum trackVisibility vis = tdbLocalVisibility(cart,tdb,&subtrackOverride);
 
 if (tdbIsContainerChild(tdb))
     {
     // subtracks without explicit (cart) vis but are selected, should get inherited vis
     if (!subtrackOverride)
         vis = tvFull;
     // subtracks with checkbox that says no, are stopped cold
     if (checkBoxToo && !fourStateVisible(subtrackFourStateChecked(tdb,cart)))
         vis = tvHide; // Checkbox says no
     }
 if (subtrackOverride)
     return vis;
                                                             // aka superTrack
 if (vis == tvHide || tdb->parent == NULL || (!foldersToo && tdbIsFolder(tdb->parent)))
     return vis; // end of line
 
 return tvMin(vis,tdbVisLimitedByAncestors(cart,tdb->parent,checkBoxToo,foldersToo));
 }
 
 char *compositeViewControlNameFromTdb(struct trackDb *tdb)
 // Returns a string with the composite view control name if one exists
 {
 char *stView   = NULL;
 char *name     = NULL;
 char *rootName = NULL;
 // This routine should give these results: compositeName.viewName or else subtrackName.viewName
 // or else compositeName or else subtrackName
 if (tdbIsCompositeChild(tdb) == TRUE && trackDbLocalSetting(tdb, "parent") != NULL)
     {
     if (trackDbSettingClosestToHomeOn(tdb, "configurable"))
         rootName = tdb->track;  // subtrackName
     else
         rootName = firstWordInLine(cloneString(trackDbLocalSetting(tdb, "parent")));
     }
 if (rootName != NULL)
     {
     if (subgroupFind(tdb,"view",&stView))
         {
         int len = strlen(rootName) + strlen(stView) + 3;
         name = needMem(len);
         safef(name,len,"%s.%s",rootName,stView);
         subgroupFree(&stView);
         }
     else
         name = cloneString(rootName);
     }
 else
     name = cloneString(tdb->track);
 return name;
 }
 
 void compositeViewControlNameFree(char **name)
 // frees a string allocated by compositeViewControlNameFromTdb
 {
 if (name && *name)
     freez(name);
 }
 
 boolean isNameAtParentLevel(struct trackDb *tdb,char *name)
 // cfgUi controls are passed a prefix name that may be at the composite, view or subtrack level
 // returns TRUE if name at view or composite level
 {
 struct trackDb *parent;
 for (parent = tdb->parent; parent != NULL; parent = parent->parent)
     if (startsWithWordByDelimiter(parent->track, '.', name))
         return TRUE;
 return FALSE;
 }
 
 boolean chainDbNormScoreAvailable(struct trackDb *tdb)
 /*      check if normScore column is specified in trackDb as available */
 {
 boolean normScoreAvailable = FALSE;
 char * normScoreTest =
      trackDbSettingClosestToHomeOrDefault(tdb, "chainNormScoreAvailable", "no");
 if (differentWord(normScoreTest, "no"))
         normScoreAvailable = TRUE;
 
 return normScoreAvailable;
 }
 
 void hPrintAbbreviationTable(struct sqlConnection *conn, char *sourceTable, char *label)
 /* Print out table of abbreviations. */
 {
 char query[256];
 sqlSafef(query, sizeof(query), "select name,description from %s order by name", sourceTable);
 struct sqlResult *sr = sqlGetResult(conn, query);
 webPrintLinkTableStart();
 webPrintLabelCell("Symbol");
 webPrintLabelCell(label);
 char **row;
 while ((row = sqlNextRow(sr)) != NULL)
     {
     printf("</TR><TR>\n");
     char *name = row[0];
     char *description = row[1];
     webPrintLinkCell(name);
     webPrintLinkCell(description);
     }
 sqlFreeResult(&sr);
 webPrintLinkTableEnd();
 }
 
 /* Special info (cell type abbreviations) for factorSource tracks */
 
 struct factorSourceInfo 
 /* Cell type and description */
     {
     struct factorSourceInfo *next;
     char *name;
     char *description;
     };
 
 static int factorSourceInfoCmp(const void *va, const void *vb)
 /* Compare two factorSourceInfo's, sorting on name and then description fields */
 {
 static char bufA[64], bufB[64];
 const struct factorSourceInfo *a = *((struct factorSourceInfo **)va);
 const struct factorSourceInfo *b = *((struct factorSourceInfo **)vb);
 safef(bufA, 64, "%s+%s", a->name, a->description);
 safef(bufB, 64, "%s+%s", b->name, b->description);
 return strcmp(bufA, bufB);
 }
 
 void hPrintFactorSourceAbbrevTable(struct sqlConnection *conn, struct trackDb *tdb)
 /* Print out table of abbreviations. With 'pack' setting, 
  * show cell name only (before '+') and uniqify */
 {
 char *label = "Cell Type";
 char *sourceTable = trackDbRequiredSetting(tdb, SOURCE_TABLE);
 char query[256];
 sqlSafef(query, sizeof(query), "select name,description from %s order by name", sourceTable);
 struct sqlResult *sr = sqlGetResult(conn, query);
 webPrintLinkTableStart();
 webPrintLabelCell("Symbol");
 webPrintLabelCell(label);
 char **row;
 char *plus;
 struct factorSourceInfo *source = NULL, *sources = NULL;
 while ((row = sqlNextRow(sr)) != NULL)
     {
     char *name = row[0];
     char *description = row[1];
     // truncate description to just the cell type
     if ((plus = strchr(description, '+')) != NULL)
         *plus = 0;
     AllocVar(source);
     source->name = cloneString(name);
     source->description = cloneString(description);
     slAddHead(&sources, source);
     }
 slUniqify(&sources, factorSourceInfoCmp, NULL);
 int count = 0;
 while ((source = slPopHead(&sources)) != NULL)
     {
     printf("</TR><TR>\n");
     webPrintLinkCell(source->name);
     webPrintLinkCellStart();
     fputs(source->description, stdout);
     count++;
     while (sources && sameString(sources->name, source->name))
         {
         source = slPopHead(&sources);
         fputs(", ", stdout);
         fputs(source->description, stdout);
         count++;
         }
     webPrintLinkCellEnd();
     }
 sqlFreeResult(&sr);
 webPrintLinkTableEnd();
 printf("Total: %d\n", count);
 }
 
 boolean printPennantIconNote(struct trackDb *tdb)
 // Returns TRUE and prints out the "pennantIcon" and note when found.
 //This is used by hgTrackUi and hgc before printing out trackDb "html"
 {
 char * setting = trackDbSetting(tdb, "pennantIcon");
 if (setting != NULL)
     {
     setting = cloneString(setting);
     char *icon = nextWord(&setting);
     char buffer[4096];
     char *src = NULL;
     
     if (startsWith("http://", icon) || startsWith("ftp://", icon) ||
         startsWith("https://", icon))
         src = htmlEncode(icon);
     else
         {
         safef(buffer, sizeof buffer, "../images/%s", icon);
         src = htmlEncode(buffer);
         }
 
     char *url = NULL;
     if (setting != NULL)
 	url = nextWord(&setting);
     char *hint = NULL;
     if (setting != NULL)
 	hint = htmlEncode(stripEnclosingDoubleQuotes(setting));
 
     if (!isEmpty(url))
         {
 	if (isEmpty(hint))
 	    printf("<P><a href='%s' TARGET=ucscHelp><img height='16' width='16' "
 		   "src='%s'></a>",url,src);
 	else
 	    {
 	    printf("<P><a title='%s' href='%s' TARGET=ucscHelp><img height='16' width='16' "
 		   "src='%s'></a>",hint,url,src);
 
 	    // Special case for liftOver from hg17 or hg18, but this should probably be generalized.
 	    if (sameString(icon,"18.jpg") && startsWithWord("lifted",hint))
 		printf("&nbsp;Note: these data have been converted via liftOver from the Mar. 2006 "
 		       "(NCBI36/hg18) version of the track.");
 	    else if (sameString(icon,"17.jpg") && startsWithWord("lifted",hint))
 		printf("&nbsp;Note: these data have been converted via liftOver from the May 2004 "
 		       "(NCBI35/hg17) version of the track.");
 	    else 
 		printf("&nbsp;Note: %s.",hint);
 	    printf("</P>\n");
 	    }
 	}
     else
         printf("<BR><img height='16' width='16' src='%s'>\n",src);
     return TRUE;
     }
 return FALSE;
 }
 
 boolean hPrintPennantIcon(struct trackDb *tdb)
 // Returns TRUE and prints out the "pennantIcon" when found.
 // Example: ENCODE tracks in hgTracks config list.
 {
 char *setting = trackDbSetting(tdb, "pennantIcon");
 if (setting != NULL)
     {
     setting = cloneString(setting);
     char buffer[4096];
     char *src = NULL;
     char *icon = nextWord(&setting);
     if (startsWith("http://", icon) || startsWith("ftp://", icon) ||
         startsWith("https://", icon))
         src = htmlEncode(icon);
     else
         {
         safef(buffer, sizeof buffer, "../images/%s", icon);
         src = htmlEncode(buffer);
         }
 
     if (setting)
         {
         char *url = nextWord(&setting);
         if (setting)
             {
             char *hint = htmlEncode(stripEnclosingDoubleQuotes(setting));
             hPrintf("<a title='%s' href='%s' TARGET=ucscHelp><img height='16' width='16' "
                     "src='%s'></a>\n",hint,url,src);
             freeMem(hint);
             }
         else
             hPrintf("<a href='%s' TARGET=ucscHelp><img height='16' width='16' "
                     "src='%s'></a>\n",url,src);
         }
     else
         hPrintf("<img height='16' width='16' src='%s'>\n",icon);
     freeMem(icon);
     return TRUE;
     }
 else if (trackDbSetting(tdb, "wgEncode") != NULL)
     {
     hPrintf("<a title='encode project' href='../ENCODE'><img height='16' width='16' "
             "src='../images/encodeThumbnail.jpg'></a>\n");
     return TRUE;
     }
 return FALSE;
 }
 
 void printUpdateTime(char *database, struct trackDb *tdb,
     struct customTrack *ct)
 /* display table update time */
 {
 if (trackHubDatabase(database))
     return;
 /* have not decided what to do for a composite container */
 if (tdbIsComposite(tdb) || tdbIsSuper(tdb))
     return;
 struct sqlConnection *conn = NULL;
 char *tableName = NULL;
 if (isCustomTrack(tdb->track))
     {
     if (ct)
 	{
 	conn =  hAllocConn(CUSTOM_TRASH);
 	tableName = ct->dbTableName;
 	}
     }
 else if (startsWith("big", tdb->type))
     {
     char *tableName = hTableForTrack(database, tdb->table);
     struct sqlConnection *conn =  hAllocConnTrack(database, tdb);
     char *bbiFileName = bbiNameFromSettingOrTable(tdb, conn, tableName);
     hFreeConn(&conn);
     struct bbiFile *bbi = NULL;
     if (startsWith("bigBed", tdb->type))
 	bbi = bigBedFileOpen(bbiFileName);
     if (startsWith("bigWig", tdb->type))
 	bbi = bigWigFileOpen(bbiFileName);
     time_t timep = 0;
     if (bbi)
 	{
 	timep = bbiUpdateTime(bbi);
 	bbiFileClose(&bbi);
 	}
     printBbiUpdateTime(&timep);
     }
 else
     {
     tableName = hTableForTrack(database, tdb->table);
     conn = hAllocConnTrack(database, tdb);
     }
 if (tableName)
     {
     char *date = firstWordInLine(sqlTableUpdate(conn, tableName));
     if (date != NULL)
 	printf("<B>Data last updated:&nbsp;</B>%s<BR>\n", date);
     }
 hFreeConn(&conn);
 }
 
 void printBbiUpdateTime(time_t *timep)
 /* for bbi files, print out the timep value */
 {
     printf("<B>Data last updated:&nbsp;</B>%s<BR>\n", sqlUnixTimeToDate(timep, FALSE));
 }
 
 #ifdef EXTRA_FIELDS_SUPPORT
 static struct extraField *asFieldsGet(char *db, struct trackDb *tdb)
 // returns the as style fields from a table or remote data file
 {
 struct extraField *asFields = NULL;
 struct sqlConnection *conn = hAllocConnTrack(db, tdb);
 struct asObject *as = asForTdb(conn, tdb);
 hFreeConn(&conn);
 if (as != NULL)
     {
     struct asColumn *asCol = as->columnList;
     for (;asCol != NULL; asCol = asCol->next)
         {
         struct extraField *asField  = NULL;
         AllocVar(asField);
         asField->name = cloneString(asCol->name);
         if (asCol->comment != NULL && strlen(asCol->comment) > 0)
             asField->label = cloneString(asCol->comment);
         else
             asField->label = cloneString(asField->name);
         asField->type = ftString; // default
         if (asTypesIsInt(asCol->lowType->type))
             asField->type = ftInteger;
         else if (asTypesIsFloating(asCol->lowType->type))
             asField->type = ftFloat;
         slAddHead(&asFields,asField);
         }
     if (asFields != NULL)
         slReverse(&asFields);
     asObjectFree(&as);
     }
 return asFields;
 }
 
 struct extraField *extraFieldsGet(char *db, struct trackDb *tdb)
 // returns any extraFields defined in trackDb
 {
 char *fields = trackDbSetting(tdb, "extraFields"); // showFileds pValue=P_Value qValue=qValue
 if (fields == NULL)
     return asFieldsGet(db, tdb);
 
 char *field = NULL;
 struct extraField *extras = NULL;
 struct extraField *extra = NULL;
 while (NULL != (field  = cloneNextWord(&fields)))
     {
     AllocVar(extra);
     extra->name = field;
     extra->label = field; // defaults to name
     char *equal = strchr(field,'=');
     if (equal != NULL)
         {
         *equal = '\0';
         extra->label = equal + 1;
         assert(*(extra->label)!='\0');
         }
 
     extra->type = ftString;
     if (*(extra->label) == '[')
         {
         if (startsWith("[i",extra->label))
             extra->type = ftInteger;
         else if (startsWith("[f",extra->label))
             extra->type = ftFloat;
         extra->label = strchr(extra->label,']');
         assert(extra->label != NULL);
         extra->label += 1;
         }
     // clone independently of 'field' and swap in blanks
     extra->label = cloneString(strSwapChar(extra->label,'_',' '));
     slAddHead(&extras,extra);
     }
 
 if (extras != NULL)
     slReverse(&extras);
 return extras;
 }
 
 struct extraField *extraFieldsFind(struct extraField *extras, char *name)
 // returns the extraField matching the name (case insensitive).  Note: slNameFind does NOT work.
 {
 struct extraField *extra = extras;
 for (; extra != NULL; extra = extra->next)
     {
     if (sameWord(name, extra->name))
         break;
     }
 return extra;
 }
 
 void extraFieldsFree(struct extraField **pExtras)
 // frees all mem for extraFields list
 {
 if (pExtras != NULL)
     {
     struct extraField *extra = NULL;
     while (NULL != (extra  = slPopHead(pExtras)))
         {
         freeMem(extra->name);
         freeMem(extra->label);
         freeMem(extra);
         }
     *pExtras = NULL;
     }
 }
 #endif///def EXTRA_FIELDS_SUPPORT
 
 static boolean tableDescriptionsExists(struct sqlConnection *conn)
 /* Cache flag for whether tableDescriptions exists in conn, in case we will need to
  * fetch a lot of descriptions from tableDescriptions. */
 {
 static struct hash *hash = NULL;
 if (hash == NULL)
     hash = hashNew(0);
 char *db = sqlGetDatabase(conn);
 int exists =  hashIntValDefault(hash, db, -1);
 if (exists < 0)
     {
     exists = sqlTableExists(conn, "tableDescriptions");
     hashAddInt(hash, db, exists);
     }
 return (boolean)exists;
 }
 
 struct asObject *asFromTableDescriptions(struct sqlConnection *conn, char *table)
 // If there is a tableDescriptions table and it has an entry for table, return
 // a parsed autoSql object; otherwise return NULL.
 {
 struct asObject *asObj = NULL;
 if (tableDescriptionsExists(conn))
     {
     char query[PATH_LEN*2];
     // Try unsplit table first.
     sqlSafef(query, sizeof(query),
              "select autoSqlDef from tableDescriptions where tableName='%s'", table);
     char *asText = sqlQuickString(conn, query);
     // If no result try split table.
     if (asText == NULL)
         {
         sqlSafef(query, sizeof(query),
                  "select autoSqlDef from tableDescriptions where tableName='chrN_%s'", table);
         asText = sqlQuickString(conn, query);
         }
     if (isNotEmpty(asText))
         asObj = asParseText(asText);
     freez(&asText);
     }
 return asObj;
 }
 
 static struct asObject *asForTdbOrDie(struct sqlConnection *conn, struct trackDb *tdb)
 // Get autoSQL description if any associated with tdb.
 // Abort if there's a problem
 {
 struct asObject *asObj = NULL;
 if (tdbIsBigBed(tdb))
     {
     char *fileName = hReplaceGbdb(tdbBigFileName(conn, tdb));
     asObj = bigBedFileAsObjOrDefault(fileName);
     freeMem(fileName);
     }
 // TODO: standardize to a wig as
 //else if (tdbIsBigWig(tdb))
 //    asObj = asObjFrombigBed(conn,tdb);
 else if (tdbIsLongTabix(tdb))
     asObj = longTabixAsObj();
 else if (tdbIsBam(tdb))
     asObj = bamAsObj();
 else if (tdbIsVcf(tdb))
     asObj = vcfAsObj();
 else if (startsWithWord("makeItems", tdb->type))
     asObj = makeItemsItemAsObj();
 else if (sameWord("bedDetail", tdb->type))
     asObj = bedDetailAsObj();
 else if (sameWord("pgSnp", tdb->type))
     asObj = pgSnpAsObj();
 else
     asObj = asFromTableDescriptions(conn, tdb->table);
 return asObj;
 }
 
 struct asObject *asForTdb(struct sqlConnection *conn, struct trackDb *tdb)
 // Get autoSQL description if any associated with table, ignoring errAborts if any.
 {
 struct errCatch *errCatch = errCatchNew();
 struct asObject *asObj = NULL;
 // Wrap some error catching around asForTdbOrDie.
 if (errCatchStart(errCatch))
     {
     asObj = asForTdbOrDie(conn, tdb);
     }
 errCatchEnd(errCatch);
 errCatchFree(&errCatch);
 return asObj;
 }
 
 struct asObject *asForDb(struct trackDb *tdb, char* database)
 /* return asObject given the database. NULL if not found */
 {
 struct sqlConnection *conn = NULL ;
 if (!trackHubDatabase(database))
     conn = hAllocConnTrack(database, tdb);
 struct asObject *as = asForTdb(conn, tdb);
 hFreeConn(&conn);
 return as;
 }
 
 #ifdef OLD /* This got moved to main library . */
 struct asColumn *asColumnFind(struct asObject *asObj, char *name)
 // Return named column.
 {
 struct asColumn *asCol = NULL;
 if (asObj!= NULL)
     {
     for (asCol = asObj->columnList; asCol != NULL; asCol = asCol->next)
         if (sameString(asCol->name, name))
             break;
     }
 return asCol;
 }
 #endif /* OLD */
 
 struct slName *asColNames(struct asObject *as)
 // Get list of column names.
 {
 struct slName *list = NULL, *el;
 struct asColumn *col;
 for (col = as->columnList; col != NULL; col = col->next)
     {
     el = slNameNew(col->name);
     slAddHead(&list, el);
     }
 slReverse(&list);
 return list;
 }
 
 static struct dyString *subMulti(char *orig, int subCount,
                                  char *in[], char *out[])
 /* Perform multiple substitions on orig. */
 {
 int i;
 struct dyString *s = newDyString(256), *d = NULL;
 
 dyStringAppend(s, orig);
 for (i=0; i<subCount; ++i)
     {
     fflush(stdout);
     if (out[i]==NULL)
         continue;
     d = dyStringSub(s->string, in[i], out[i]);
     dyStringFree(&s);
     s = d;
     d = NULL;
     }
 return s;
 }
 
 char *replaceInUrl(char *url, char *idInUrl, struct cart* cart, char *db, char *seqName, int winStart, \
     int winEnd, char *track, boolean encode) 
 /* replace $$ in url with idInUrl. Supports many other wildchards 
  * XX Do we have readable docs for these parameters somewhere?
  * Look at http://genome.ucsc.edu/goldenpath/help/trackDb/trackDbHub.html */
 {
 struct dyString *uUrl = NULL;
 struct dyString *eUrl = NULL;
 char startString[64], endString[64];
 char *ins[13], *outs[13];
 char *eItem = (encode ? cgiEncode(idInUrl) : cloneString(idInUrl));
 
 char *scName = NULL;
 // try to avoid the mysql query it not necessary
 if (stringIn("$n", url))
     {
     char *tmp = hScientificName(db);
     scName = replaceChars(tmp, " ", "_");
     freeMem(tmp);
     }
 
 char *taxId = NULL;
 // try to avoid the mysql query it not necessary
 if (stringIn("$taxId", url))
     {
     char query[256];
     struct sqlConnection *centralConn = hConnectCentral();
     sqlSafef(query, sizeof(query),
         "select taxId from %s "
 	"where name='%s'", dbDbTable(), db);
     taxId = sqlQuickString(centralConn, query);
     hDisconnectCentral(&centralConn);
     }
 
 safef(startString, sizeof startString, "%d", winStart);
 safef(endString, sizeof endString, "%d", winEnd);
 ins[0] = "$$";
 outs[0] = idInUrl;
 ins[1] = "$T";
 outs[1] = track;
 ins[2] = "$S";
 outs[2] = seqName;
 ins[3] = "$[";
 outs[3] = startString;
 ins[4] = "$]";
 outs[4] = endString;
 ins[5] = "$s";
 outs[5] = skipChr(seqName);
 ins[6] = "$D";
 outs[6] = db;
 ins[7] = "$P";  /* for an item name of the form:  prefix:suffix */
 ins[8] = "$p";	/* the P is the prefix, the p is the suffix */
 if (stringIn(":", idInUrl)) {
     char *itemClone = cloneString(idInUrl);
     char *suffix = stringIn(":", itemClone);
     char *suffixClone = cloneString(suffix+1); /* +1 skip the : */
     char *nextColon = stringIn(":", suffixClone+1);
     if (nextColon)	/* terminate suffixClone suffix */
         *nextColon = '\0';	/* when next colon is present */
     *suffix = '\0';   /* terminate itemClone prefix */
     outs[7] = itemClone;
     outs[8] = suffixClone;
     /* small memory leak here for these cloned strings */
     /* not important for a one-time operation in a CGI that will exit */
 } else {
     outs[7] = idInUrl;	/* otherwise, these are not expected */
     outs[8] = idInUrl;	/* to be used */
 }
 
 // URL may now contain item boundaries
 ins[9] = "${";
 ins[10] = "$}";
 if (cartOptionalString(cart, "o") && cartOptionalString(cart, "t"))
     {
     char *itemBeg = cartString(cart, "o"); // unexpected commas?
     char *itemEnd = cartString(cart, "t");
     outs[9] = itemBeg;
     outs[10] = itemEnd;
     }
 else // should never be but I am unwilling to bet the farm
     {
     outs[9] = startString;
     outs[10] = endString;
     }
 
 ins[11] = "$n";
 outs[11] = scName;
 
 ins[12] = "$taxId";
 outs[12] = taxId;
 
 uUrl = subMulti(url, ArraySize(ins), ins, outs);
 outs[0] = eItem;
 eUrl = subMulti(url, ArraySize(ins), ins, outs);
 freeDyString(&uUrl);
 freeMem(eItem);
 freeMem(scName);
 return eUrl->string;
 }